EP0862675B1 - Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon - Google Patents

Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP0862675B1
EP0862675B1 EP96938287A EP96938287A EP0862675B1 EP 0862675 B1 EP0862675 B1 EP 0862675B1 EP 96938287 A EP96938287 A EP 96938287A EP 96938287 A EP96938287 A EP 96938287A EP 0862675 B1 EP0862675 B1 EP 0862675B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
wall
cursor
plate
axis
lifting
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
EP96938287A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP0862675A1 (en
Inventor
Patrick Claisse
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from FR9513971A external-priority patent/FR2741647B1/en
Priority claimed from FR9610404A external-priority patent/FR2752594B1/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Publication of EP0862675A1 publication Critical patent/EP0862675A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP0862675B1 publication Critical patent/EP0862675B1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04G—SCAFFOLDING; FORMS; SHUTTERING; BUILDING IMPLEMENTS OR AIDS, OR THEIR USE; HANDLING BUILDING MATERIALS ON THE SITE; REPAIRING, BREAKING-UP OR OTHER WORK ON EXISTING BUILDINGS
    • E04G23/00—Working measures on existing buildings
    • E04G23/02—Repairing, e.g. filling cracks; Restoring; Altering; Enlarging
    • E04G23/0266—Enlarging
    • E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04—BUILDING
    • E04G—SCAFFOLDING; FORMS; SHUTTERING; BUILDING IMPLEMENTS OR AIDS, OR THEIR USE; HANDLING BUILDING MATERIALS ON THE SITE; REPAIRING, BREAKING-UP OR OTHER WORK ON EXISTING BUILDINGS
    • E04G23/00—Working measures on existing buildings
    • E04G23/06—Separating, lifting, removing of buildings; Making a new sub-structure
    • E04G23/065—Lifting of buildings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a device for lifting of a frame and, if necessary, part of construction based on this framework, in particular a roof, relative to the underlying walls, intended to be used in multiple copies spread around the frame.
  • This embodiment of a lifting device a roof has the drawback of being complex, expensive to manufacture, long and tedious to fix and adjust to the surface of a wall, long to dismantle after lifting the roof up to a chosen level and completed the wall up to the roof thus raised, and particularly harmful to the appearance of the wall since it is necessary to drill into it many holes to fix the different plates.
  • the lifting device described in this document includes all the features of the preamble to the claim 1.
  • the "support means" of this lifting device constituted by the lower part of lifting towers in vertical support on the ground, are certainly in contact with the wall of the building and therefore likely to be attached to a substantially vertical surface, in particular external, of a wall: however, it is clear that the supporting forces are taken up by the ground and not by the vertical wall.
  • the said lifting is relatively bulky because it is supported over the entire part of the ground surrounding the building, the roof is to be lifted.
  • the present invention offers a device of the type indicated in the preamble, characterized in that the support means comprise a plate wall common to the guide means and to the controlled means thrust, and common means of connecting means guide and controlled means of thrust with the plate mural, ensuring an identical orientation.
  • a device according to the invention can find its application in the lifting of any type of frame, possibly naked but most often wearing part of construction, which will usually consist of a roof as described in the aforementioned French patent application, but may also consist of another component of a construction, such as a floor, in which case the term "lifting" should be interpreted in a broad sense, implying not only an elevation movement but also a downward movement.
  • the choice of surface vertical of the walls on which the plates will be fixed of the various devices according to the invention will be carried out depending on the nature of the frame and the part of the construction it carries, an external surface being most often chosen in the case of a roof and an interior surface in the case of a floor.
  • connection means comprise means for adjusting said identical orientation.
  • connection means have a support plate for guiding means and controlled means of thrust in an orientation identical and means of articulation of the retaining plate relative to the wall plate, around an axis likely to be arranged substantially horizontally and substantially parallel to said surface, as well as, preferably, means for temporarily immobilizing the holding plate by compared to the wall plate, in a determined range of relative angular positions around said axis.
  • the support means comprise an intermediate template of fixing the wall plate to the wall surface, susceptible to be attached to said surface and to receive removable the wall plate in a relative position determined. It may indeed be easier to position rigorously then attach to the wall, keeping the setting rigorous obtained, such a template which can be lighter and easier to handle than the wall plate, before placing it on this template.
  • such a template allows to fix a wall plate opposite of an area of a wall which, in itself, does not present a sufficient mechanical strength to allow attachment direct, by authorizing a postponement of fixings to areas more resistant to the wall, such as high and low chains or posts, if, according to a preferred embodiment, the template is likely to be attached to the surface of the wall at minus a location offset from the wall plate occupying said determined relative position.
  • remote control means both means associated with a single source of fluid pressurized hydraulics or electricity, respectively, connected respectively by a bundle of hydraulic lines or electric cables to the different cylinders, only radio control means acting on autonomous cylinders as for the supply of hydraulic fluid or electricity, respectively.
  • the means push commands can be used to lift the frame in a single operation on the entire desired height, and then be used to maintain the frame at the level reached during all the time necessary at the height of the wall up to this level.
  • the controlled means of thrust are independently removable guide means which can thus be left in place to perform their function after a certain run lifting of the frame, when the desired level is reached, to allow to permanently dismantle the means commanded to push and assign them to another job site.
  • the device according to the invention comprises means, independent of thrust means, for the temporary immobilization of the console at least one level of lift determined from to the common means of connection.
  • the means of temporary immobilization of the console advantageously include immobilization means provisional of the guide rod, at least in number one, against a translation in said direction compared to the common means of connection.
  • connection means for example constituted by the aforementioned holding plate or in the wall plate, this which, at the same time, produces a temporary immobilization particularly effective, simple to carry out then to undo, and requires few additional organs, in practice a single pin engaged in suitably selected holes guide rods and, simultaneously, in the holes of the connection means or wall plate.
  • the console then being mounted in translation in said direction on the guide rod, at least one, the means of immobilization the console may advantageously include means of temporarily immobilizing it against of a translation in said direction relative to the guide rod, at least one in number.
  • this temporary immobilization can also be done for example by keying, by means of holes distributed along the guide rod and holes provided in the console, in conditions of simplicity and efficiency analogous to those that have been previously described.
  • At least one guide rod is fixed in translation relative to the common connection means, provision may be made for the guide rod to bear integrally, opposite common means of connection by compared to the console and at a distance common means of connection compatible with a predetermined maximum stroke for lifting the roof, a connection box with tie rods for connection to the connection box of at least one other lifting device.
  • This arrangement allows connect all or part of the guide rods together devices according to the invention, distributed around a framework to be lifted and, in particular, to constitute by means a static belt connecting each other guide rods of all these devices, above the frame and the construction part which it carries, and creating with these guide rods and with the walls, by through the wall plates, a rigid set of perfectly determined geometry, in which the rods of guide remain well parallel to each other to avoid any application of tensile or compressive stress to the frame as the consoles go up along guide rods, and thus avoid any deformation, or any damage to the frame and the part of construction it carries.
  • Such a static belt is particularly effective in the case of four-roofs sides, where it is easy to arrange all tie rods horizontally to make it a rectangular frame, being understood that it can also be used in the case of other roof conformations.
  • the console includes mechanical connection means with the console of at least one other lifting device, for example in the form of at at least one cantilever arm, perpendicular to said orientation and likely to be placed in the extension the arm of the console of another lifting device, in a substantially horizontal alignment and substantially parallel to said surface, and rigidly connected to this other arm by a rectilinear beam disposed along said substantially horizontal alignment.
  • the rectilinear beam thus connecting the brackets of two lifting devices according to the invention, in practice two neighboring consoles, can take support under the frame in the same way as the consoles themselves, know between them, which allows to distribute the supports of the frame and therefore to avoid deformations of it between supports.
  • any console includes means for adjusting the level of said arm, at least one in number, in said direction.
  • each console can have two of these arms, respectively on either side of the guide means, which allows have this continuity of support on a part also as large as possible from the perimeter of the walls.
  • the console includes means for adjustment of the level of this connecting device according to said direction and / or orientation adjustment means of this connecting device around an axis oriented along this direction.
  • the console further includes means for adjusting the orientation of said arms, at least one in number, around an oriented axis following said direction, and providing two arms as well likely to be placed at 90 ° to each other, in particular, one can also form such a belt dynamic support on the entire perimeter of the roof.
  • the console includes means of adaptation to the conformation of the structural element that it must carry, these means of adaptation being advantageously suitable for allowing the use of a lifting device according to the invention not only at the bottom of the slopes of a roof or under a floor but also on gable walls, in the case of roofs with two slopes, or on cross walls.
  • the support of the consoles, arms cantilevered from these, parts connecting mutual ⁇ these arms, and the aforementioned means of adaptation, under the frame can be direct if the conformation of the frame lends itself to it, just as it can be indirect and take place through rigid beams running along, in the example of roofs whatever they are, breakdowns sand pits and, in the case of two-slope roofs, the crossbowmen.
  • this support can be carried out by through a cushion of an elastically material compressible such as natural or synthetic rubber, it providing flexibility to compensate for tolerances in the geometry of the frame, in the positioning of the lifting devices and their synchronization.
  • the invention also relates to an embodiment more elaborate, in which the lifting device is arranged to allow level adjustment, while simplifying the general structure of the device, in order to reduce its weight and the manufacturing cost.
  • lifting device further comprises adjustment means plumb according to the aforementioned identical orientation of the means of guidance and controlled means of thrust, and means of level adjustment, said plumb adjustment and level linking support means to common means of connection.
  • level adjustment means allow thus very precise positioning of the guide means and thrust of each lifting device, ensuring perfect verticality of these means, so that the lifting proper can be achieved with total reliability by the simultaneous use of all the lifting.
  • the support means comprise a intermediate support plate mounted to slide in a substantially vertical direction in an integral slide of the wall plate, said intermediate plate having means for fixing the plumb adjustment and level. Sliding mounting of the intermediate plate in particular allows precise initial adjustment of the base height of the support means, and the intermediate plate support made independent of the wall plate also simplifies the assembly and disassembly of the device.
  • the intermediate plate support is suspended by a threaded rod from a cross the wall plate, so as to allow fine adjustment of height for said intermediate support plate, and the wall plate has a bracket above allow direct support of said wall plate on a wall chain.
  • the fixing means are arranged to allow pivoting of the adjustment means around an axis capable of being arranged horizontally and parallel to the wall surface.
  • the common means connection include a holding plate on which the guide means and the controlled means are supported thrust, and that this holding plate is crossed by the plumb and level adjustment means, presenting in particular of the associated oblong passage openings authorizing the angular deflections corresponding to the plumb and level settings.
  • the plumb and level adjustment means have an axis threaded on which an adjustment sleeve is screwed.
  • the threaded axis of the means of plumb adjustment is integral with a cylindrical head received in a hollow profile forming the associated fixing means of the intermediate support plate
  • the threaded axis of level adjustment means is integral with a hinge head articulated connection to the intermediate plate of support by a tenon which crosses squares forming the associated fixing means of said intermediate plate support.
  • each adjustment sheath has an end head passing through the openings aforementioned oblongs and forming an operating member for make the corresponding settings.
  • the devices according to the invention denoted 63, used in all number required to distribute the lifting efforts as well as possible, advantageously comprise an identical wall plate 1 and an identical holding plate 42, which will be described in first place with reference to Figures 1 to 3.
  • the plate wall 1 has a vertical plate 2 for fixing to the wall 3, this plate 2 being delimited by two flat faces 4, 5, mutually parallel and vertical, the first of which is attached to an approximately vertical surface 112, notably but not exclusively an exterior face of the wall 3.
  • These two faces 4, 5 are for example square, and connected mutually by a song 6 presenting two zones vertical, or vertical edges of plate 2, and two areas horizontal, or horizontal edges of plate 2, usable advantageously to adjust the orientation and level of the wall plate 1 when it is fixed to the wall 3, such so that the horizontal edges, respectively upper and lower, plates 2 for fixing the plates 1 corresponding to all of the devices according to the invention distributed around a roof are respectively arranged along the same horizontal plane.
  • Fixing the plate 2 to wall 3 is removable and for example provided by screwing through holes 7 passing right through it, perpendicularly at its faces 4 and 5, and arranged for example at four corners of the plate 2.
  • side 5 applies in its entirety on the surface 112 and is thus fixed there, but in the case of a device 63 implanted near an angle coming out of wall 3, it may not apply and be fixed on the surface 112 only over part of its extent, and apply and also be fixed on an angle 113 extending this and itself fixed to the wall 3, as illustrated in Figures 4, 5, 7.
  • plate 2 can also be fixed to wall 3 via a accessory or fixing template 115, illustrated in the figure 12 which distributes the load on the wall plate 1 and, through it, the entire device 63 and the corresponding part of the roof to be lifted, on more mechanically resistant areas, especially on the high chain and, according to a variant, the low chain of the wall, or on poles of it.
  • a accessory or fixing template 115 illustrated in the figure 12 which distributes the load on the wall plate 1 and, through it, the entire device 63 and the corresponding part of the roof to be lifted, on more mechanically resistant areas, especially on the high chain and, according to a variant, the low chain of the wall, or on poles of it.
  • Figure 12 illustrates two alternative embodiments of the fixing template 115, one of which is shown in solid line and the other has, compared to the first, complements illustrated in dashed line, the gauge 115 being in both cases produced under the form of a rigid flat mesh, for example metallic or composite material, in particular defining a flat face 208 by which the template 115 is attached flat to the surface 112 from wall 3, in a determined position of use in which it is removably attached to it and in which the template 115 will now be described.
  • a rigid flat mesh for example metallic or composite material
  • the template 115 comprises two rectilinear uprights 116, mutually parallel, vertical and respectively attached to the surface 112 of the wall 3 if one refers to the predetermined position of use of the template 115.
  • the two uprights 116 have an upper end section 117 respective placed at a level higher than that of the wall plate 1 and intended for fixing template 115 to the top chain of the wall 3.
  • the two uprights 116 are pierced, in their upper end section 117, with 118 holes for fixing screws to the chain top, which holes are provided in several copies distributed along each of the sections 117, in the direction of the height, and oriented perpendicular to the face 208 of the gauge 115, defined in particular by the two uprights 116.
  • each upright 116 further presents a lower end section 119, which is intended for lean freely, flat, against the face 112 of the wall 3.
  • the two uprights 116 have intermediate sections 120 braced by two sleepers horizontal, respectively greater 121, to the junction with the upper end sections 117, and lower 122, at the junction with the end sections lower 119, and by a strut 123 connecting the junction of one of the uprights 116 with the upper crossmember 121 at the junction of one of the other uprights 116 with the lower cross member 122.
  • the strut 123 and the two crosspieces 121, 122 define with the two uprights 116 the flat face 208 attached flat to the face 112 of the wall 3 when the template 115 is fixed against the latter, as well as another planar face 209 parallel to the face 208 and consequently oriented identically to the face 112 of the wall 3.
  • the two crosspieces 121 and 122 are spaced, vertically, from a distance close to that which separates the horizontal edges, respectively upper and lower, of plate 2, and each of them carries integrally, in protrusion on the face 209, a respective horizontal slide 124, 125, defining with this face 209 a horizontal groove respective 126, 127.
  • the groove 126 corresponding to the upper cross member 121 is open downwards and the groove 127 corresponding to the lower cross member 122 is open upwards, the two grooves 126, 127 also being open on both sides in a horizontal direction parallel to the face 209 of the template 115.
  • the two grooves 126, 127 are positioned, one with respect to the other, and dimensioned so that we can introduce it, by a horizontal slide parallel to the face 209 and without play, with the exception of a functional play allowing a such sliding respectively a marginal area of the plate 2 adjoining the upper horizontal edge thereof as well as this upper horizontal edge itself and an area edge of plate 2 adjoining the horizontal bottom edge of it as well as this horizontal edge itself, then that the face 4 of the plate 2 is vertical and slides, flat, against the face 209 of the template 115.
  • the grooves 126 and 127 retain plate 2 against movement in all directions except a horizontal direction parallel to face 209, in particular in a position of the plate 2 illustrated in phantom in Figure 12, position in which its upper and lower edges are horizontal, its vertical edges are mutually symmetrical by compared to an unreferenced average plane of the gauge 115, which is vertical and forms a plane of mutual symmetry for two uprights 116, and its face 4 rests flat against the face 209 of the template 115, between the two slides 124 and 125, being parallel to the face 112 of the wall 3 due to the conformation and orientation of grooves 126 and 127, and more precisely rests flat against the intermediate sections 120 of the two uprights 116, against the two crosspieces 121 and 122 and against the strut 123 which thus ensure an intermediary for supporting the plate 2 flat against the face 112 of the wall 3.
  • the two slides 124, 125 have holes 128 arranged identically to holes 7 so that when the plate 2 occupies the position illustrated in Figure 2, each of these holes 128 coincides with a respective hole 7 of such so that we can engage in the coincident holes a pin or other immobilizer removable from the plate 2 relative to the slides 124 and 125.
  • templates 115 allows the plate 2 to be arranged in locations of a wall 3 which do not in themselves present the mechanical resistance necessary for direct anchoring of this plate 2 by screws engaged in the holes 7 thereof.
  • templates 115 can be made in a lot form lighter than wall plate 1, and can be therefore much easier to be rigorously positioned so that grooves 126 and 127 are horizontal before being fixed to the wall 3, positioning rigorous of wall plate 1 then simply resulting of the engagement of its plate 2 in the two grooves 126 and 127 before it is immobilized therein by pinning, or analogous, coincident holes 128 and 7.
  • the other variant of the template 115 illustrated in Figure 12 shows the elements of it which just described but the lower end sections 119 of the two uprights 116 extend vertically, simply shown schematically in phantom in the figure 12, to the level of a lower chain not shown in the wall 3, being rigidified by horizontal crosspieces and oblique struts, fully comparable respectively at crosspieces 121 and 122 and at strut 123.
  • the lower end sections 119 thus extended present, at a level corresponding to that of the low chain from wall 3, holes at all points comparable to holes 118, distributed like these in the direction of the height, for receive fixing screws to the bottom chain of the wall 3.
  • This attachment is added to the attachment to the top chain thereof, which stiffens the support of the wall plate 1 on the wall 3 through the template 115.
  • the plate 2 On its face 5, the plate 2 has integrally, cantilevered, a flat, horizontal cradle 8, propped opposite of the wall plate 1 by gussets 9 and struts 10 and also part of the wall plate 1.
  • the cradle 8 When viewed in plan, i.e. in a direction vertical, the cradle 8 has a generally rectangular shape, one of whose long sides is defined by its junction with the face 5 of the fixing plate 2 and of which the others sides are defined by an edge 11 formed of planar facets, vertical and perpendicular two by two, not referenced.
  • the cradle 8 Downwards, the cradle 8 is delimited by a lower face 12 of indifferent shape, for example planar and horizontal while, upwards, it is delimited by a upper face 13 which, while having a conformation general flat and general horizontal orientation, has a concave shape which will now be described.
  • this upper face 13 has the shape of a plane, horizontal, delimited edge 14 on the one hand by the edge 11 and on the other hand by a shoulder 15 parallel to song 11, that is to say defined like him by plane, vertical and perpendicular facets two to two, and like him defining a rectangular plane with the side 5 of the wall plate 1.
  • the shoulder 15 is connected to the edge 14 up while it connects down to three sides 16, 17, 18 of the upper face 13 by defining a rim around the assembly formed by these panels 16, 17, 18 with face 5 of the wall plate 1.
  • Pan 16 is flat, horizontal, and runs along side 5 of the wall plate 1.
  • pan 17 which has meanwhile a concave shape, and more precisely the shape of a part of cylinder of revolution around an axis horizontal 19, parallel to face 5 of wall plate 1 and located on the same side of it as the cradle 8, above of it.
  • the angular development of pan 17, in reference to axis 19, is less than 180 °, and for example of around 45 °, evenly distributed on both sides of a vertical plane 20 including axis 19, i.e. also parallel to side 5 of wall plate 1.
  • Pan 17 so also when viewed in plan, a shape rectangular with a large side defined by its connection with pan 16, along one long side of it, and the two short sides by its connection with the shoulder 15.
  • the pan 17 is connected to the pan 18 which is planar and coplanar with pan 16, and presents, when is seen in plan, a rectangular shape with a large side is defined by its connection with pan 17 while the other long side as well as the two short sides are defined by its connection with the shoulder 15.
  • the cradle 8 In a vertical plane 21 perpendicular to the axis 19 and to plane 20 and constituting a plane of symmetry for the wall plate 1, i.e. for mounting plate 2 and the cradle 8 thereof, as well as for the device lifting according to the invention considered as a whole, the cradle 8 has a notch 22 opening into its edge 11 as well as in its lower 12 and upper faces 13 but not reaching the wall plate 1.
  • the notch 22 is delimited by two lateral flanks 23, planes, vertical, mutually parallel and mutually symmetrical with respect to the plane 21, which flanks 23 are connect to edge 11 in the direction of a distance by relative to face 5 of wall plate 1, perpendicularly to this face 5, to the lower face 12 downwards and at the edge 14, at the shoulder 15 and at the pan 18 upwards.
  • both sidewalls 23 are connected to the same sidewall 24 at the bottom of notch 22, which is concave and semi-cylindrical revolution around a vertical axis 25 located in the plane 21 and passing at least approximately through the junction between the sides 17 and 18 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8.
  • This bottom flank 24 thus connects downwards to the face lower 12 and upwards in pan 17 of the upper face 13, approximately on the half of the dimension that this pan 17 is perpendicular to face 5 of the plate wall 1, from the connection between panels 17 and 18.
  • the cradle 8 is drilled right through, that is to say between the pan 17 of its upper face 13 and its lower face 12, of two lights 27 delimited by an inner peripheral face respective 28 cylindrical of revolution around the axis 26 respective, with a diameter approximately equal to the dimension that the pan 17 presents perpendicular to the side 5 of the wall plate 1, between its connections respectively with pan 16 and with pan 18.
  • the face 5 of the plate fixing 2 has removable fixing means for two mutually symmetrical yokes 29 with respect to plane 21, for example in the form of respective vertical slides 30 receiving screeds 29 vertically sliding on along face 5 of the fixing plate 2.
  • Two stops not shown limit the sliding of the yokes 29 towards the down, so that they stay spaced up, from the upper face 13 of the cradle 8, and holes 31 are arranged in the fixing plate 2 and pass through it side by side, between its faces 4 and 5, to receive pins not shown of removable immobilization of clevis 29 against sliding upwards in the slides 30.
  • the yokes 29 occupy the fixing plate 2 a determined position, in which they will be described.
  • Each yoke 29 has a flat, vertical core 32, attached to face 5 of wall plate 1 and cooperating with the slides 30 for guiding the yoke 29 at vertical sliding relative to the fixing plate 2, and two wings 33 also flat and vertical, but perpendicular to the core 32 and to the face 5 of the plate attachment 2, so as to be cantilevered above from the upper face 13 of the cradle 8, being spaced apart this upper side up as we said more high.
  • the two yokes 29, mutually symmetrical by with respect to plane 21, are respectively symmetrical by relative to a respective unreferenced plan, parallel to this plane 21 and including the axis 26 of a respective light 27.
  • the two wings 33 of each yoke 29 are mutually symmetrical about a plane including the axis 26 of the inner peripheral face 28 of a light 27 respective, which plane is perpendicular to axis 19.
  • Each of the wings 33 is dimensioned so as to intersects axis 19 and is present mainly above from it, a respective light 34 passing through it right through right parallel to this axis 19.
  • Each of the lights 34 which are mutually identical, presents the shape of a portion of ring of revolution around the axis 19, with an angular development which, in the example illustrated, is of the order of 120 °; however, this figure is indicated as a nonlimiting example.
  • the lights 34 of the two wings 33 of the same yoke 29 receive and guide, with respect to a rotation around the axis 19 with respect to the yoke 29 and therefore by compared to wall plate 1, a straight pin 35 axis 36 parallel to axis 19 and thus shifted upwards relative to this one.
  • the two pins 35, corresponding to the two yokes 29, are mutually independent, but a skilled person will understand, at the reading the rest of the description, that they are in fact coaxial when in use.
  • the two pins 35 are immobilized against sliding in parallel to their axis 36 or to the axis 19 relative to the wings 33 of the corresponding clevis 29 respectively, for example at means of appropriate shoulders, bearing on the wings 33 around the lights 34, but their mounting is removable, each of them being for example produced by assembly of several parts screwed mutually along the axis 36, in a manner not described in detail but easily understandable by a skilled person.
  • the retaining plate 42 has a structure which will now be described.
  • This holding plate 42 is intended to take support on the cradle 8 and has for this purpose a plate support 43 intended to be housed partially between the shoulder 15 of the cradle 8 and the face 5 of the plate attachment 2 with limited relative tilting possibility around axis 19, intended to allow adjustment of horizontality of plate 43 in case a defect in the verticality of the wall 3 would cause a defect in the verticality of face 5, a horizontality adjustment of axis 19 resulting in turn from above-mentioned horizontal adjustment of the upper zones and lower edge 6 of fixing plate 2.
  • the support plate 43 has a planar upper face 44 and horizontal, of general rectangular plan defined by its connection to a vertical edge 45, connecting as for him down to a underside 46 which certainly presents a rectangular plane identical to that of the upper face 44 but is not planar, and more precisely has a conformation in relation to that of sections 16 to 18 of the upper face 15 of the cradle 8 in order to provide guidance mentioned above with respect to the relative tilting around the axis 19.
  • the shape of the support plate 43 in plan, that is to say the shape of its upper 44 and lower 46 faces, in plan, is substantially identical to the shape, in plan, that the shoulder 15 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8 defined with the face 5 of the fixing plate 2, however with slightly lower so as to spare with the edge 45 of the plate support 43 and the assembly formed around sections 16 to 18 by the shoulder 15 and the face 5 of the fixing plate 2 a functional clearance which may be less than 1 mm.
  • the lower face 46 of the support plate 43 also has three sides 47, 48, 49 of which the first and the last are planes, mutually coplanar, parallel to face 44 and arranged respectively on either side of the second, which presents a convexity in relation to the concavity of the pan 17 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8.
  • the pan 48 has the shape of a part of cylinder of revolution about an axis which, when the retaining plate 42 cooperates with the wall plate 1, merges with axis 19 so that it has been designated by the same reference number.
  • Pan 48 thus presents a identical diameter to that of pan 17, but its development angular is slightly higher, for example of the order of 60 ° and each of the sections 47, 49 present between its connection with the pan 48 and the edge 45 of the support plate 43 a dimension respectively smaller than that of pan 16 between the pan 17 and the face 5 of the fixing plate 2, and to that of pan 18 between pan 17 and shoulder 5, so that, when the holding plate 42 is in service, it rests by pan 48 on pan 17, with tilting guide relative around the axis 19, and its sections 47 and 49 are placed opposite sides 16 and 18, respectively, in presenting with respect to these a certain possibility of clearance, authorizing the aforementioned tilting, at during which one of the sections 47, 49 can come into contact with the respectively corresponding pan 16, 18, which corresponds to a limitation of the aforementioned tilting
  • the positioning of the yokes 29 relative to cradle 8 is such that there is no contact between these yokes and the upper face 44 of the plate support 43, that is to say limitation of tilting due to of these yokes 29. This positioning is however such that the yokes 29 prevent the backing plate 43 from escaping from the cradle 8 upwards, removable mounting on face 5 intended to authorize the assembly and disassembly of the retaining plate 42 relative to the wall plate 1.
  • the plane 21 of symmetry thereof constitutes also a plane of symmetry for him, and the plateau of support 42 present, immediately above the notch 22 of the cradle 8, a notch 50 of the same shape in plan, also symmetrical with respect to plane 21. More precisely, this notch 50 is delimited by two sides lateral 51 planes, mutually parallel and mutually symmetrical with respect to plane 21, from which they are spaced of a distance identical to that which separates from this plane the lateral flanks 23 of the notch 22, so as to extend upwards respectively one and the other of these flanks 23.
  • the lateral flanks 51 thus open on the one hand into the edge 45 of the support plate 43 and on the other hand in the face upper 44 of it and in the pan 49 of its face lower 46.
  • the notch 50 is further delimited by a concave bottom flank 52, also vertical, to which the side blanks 51 are connected in the direction of a distance compared to their connection with edge 45.
  • This flank of bottom 52 is for example cylindrical of revolution around a vertical axis 53 of plane 21, which axis 53 is located on the same side of axis 19 as axis 25 and, depending on the position tilting of the retaining plate 42 around the axis 19 compared to wall plate 1, can be confused with axis 25 or cut it.
  • bottom flanks 52 and 24 are identical, so that the flank bottom 52 extends the bottom flank 24 upward when the axis 53 coincides with the axis 25.
  • the bottom flank 52 opens out upwards in the upper face 44 of the support plate 43 and down into the convex pan 48 of the underside 46 thereof.
  • tapped holes 54 Around the bottom flank 52 of the notch 50 are distributed, at the same distance from the axis 53, tapped holes 54 with respective axis 55 parallel to axis 53, axes 55 being equidistant from it. As will appear later, these tapped holes 54, opening into the upper face 44 at less, are intended to receive fixing bolts, on the support plate 43, of a lifting cylinder arranged as follows the axis 52 and engaged in the notch 50 of the support plate 43 as well as in the notch 22 of the cradle 8 to form a protrusion below the latter.
  • each hole 57 and the sleeve 58 which the downward extension are delimited by a peripheral face inner 60 cylindrical of revolution around the axis 56 respective, with a diameter smaller than that of the outer peripheral surface 59.
  • the sleeves 58 can be fully or partially closed down, which is the case in the application more particularly described and illustrated, or be open down, which could be the case in this application, described later, if we want to avoid giving the sleeves 58 a dimension important parallel to their axis 56. In the example illustrated, this dimension is such that the bottom of the sleeve 58 either roughly located at the same level as the lower zone, horizontal, from edge 6 of wall plate 1.
  • the two sleeves 58 are identical, mutually symmetrical about plane 21, and each of them door by its outer peripheral face 59, in the direction a distance from this plane 21, an eyelet 61 which can be fixed or, preferably, is movable by rotation relative to the corresponding sleeve 58, around an axis 62 parallel to axes 19 and 38 and located approximately at same level as the latter so that each eyelet 61 can receive a respective threaded rod 39, the axis of which 40 then cuts the axis 62 perpendicularly, and that the gold can immobilize the retaining plate 42 against pivoting about the axis 19 relative to the plate mural 1, in a determined orientation corresponding to a rigorous verticality of axes 53 and 56, immobilizing each eyelet 61 on the threaded rod 39 corresponding to the by means of the two nuts 41 thereof, tightened respectively on either side of the eyelet 61.
  • the eyelets 61 are preferably removably mounted on the sleeves 58, for example by interlocking, so illustrated but easily conceivable by a skilled person.
  • Figures 4 to 8 and 11 illustrate the assembly formed by a wall plate 1 and a retaining plate 42 in various conditions of use.
  • various devices of the invention 63 are installed from so that the axes 19, parallel to the face 112 respective due to the application of side 4 of the plate 2 respective flat against it, are horizontal, what an appropriate orientation adjustment is obtained for each wall plate 1 against the face 112 of the wall 3 during its fixing on the latter, and that axes 53 and 56 are vertical even if axes 25 and 26 are not exactly due to a certain defect in the verticality of the face 112 of the wall 3, and which is effected by tilting the tray holding 42 around the axis 19 relative to the plate mural 1, and immobilization in the position obtained by means eyelets 61 and nuts 41.
  • each assemblies formed by a hole 57 and the corresponding sleeve 58 integrally receives a straight rod respective coaxial 64, abutting down inside the respective sleeve 58 and projecting upwards, above the upper face 44 of the support plate 43, on a height greater than the desired lifting height for the roof, taking into account that even if we fix the wall plates 1 of the various devices according to the invention 63 as close as possible to the roof, i.e. as high as possible on the walls 3, some components of each of these devices according to the invention 63 must come between the retaining plate 42 and the roof.
  • each of the rods 64 is retained against a extraction, upwards, out of the corresponding sleeve 58, as well as against a fall inside this last if open down, by means of one, respective, of pins 35.
  • each rod 64 engages between the two wings 33 of a respective yoke 29 and is drilled right through, perpendicular to its axis confused with axis 56, of a hole not illustrated, susceptible to receive coaxially one of the pins 35, engaged by elsewhere in the respective lights 34 of the two wings 33 of the corresponding clevis 29 respectively.
  • the shape of these lights 34 allows movement of pins 35 by relative to the wings 33, in relation to the orientation of the axes 56 with respect to the axes 36, during adjustment tilting orientation of the retaining plate 42 around the axis 19 relative to wall plate 1.
  • Each rod 64 passes through the roof which, at this point, effect, removed some tiles or slates, and presents above of this roof a respective free end 66.
  • Both free ends 66 of the two rods 64 are secured mutually by coaxial socket in a blind bore respective, not referenced, of a connection box or connection 67 specific to these two rods, on which this box 67 can also be fixed by any suitable means, and in particular by pinning or screwing.
  • connection box 67 present in the example illustrated the general shape of a parallelepiped rectangle, defined in particular by a flat lower face 68, horizontal, in which the bores are arranged blind, an upper face 69 also flat and horizontal, to which the bores in question are closed, two front faces 70 plane, vertical, parallel to a plane not referenced defined by the two axes 56, and two faces side 71 also flat and vertical, meanwhile perpendicular to this plane and mutually symmetrical by compared to plan 21, as well as rods 64 due to their coaxial mounting in the sleeves 58.
  • the two front faces 70 and the two faces lateral 71 each carry, in solidarity, a yoke respective 72, 73 suitable for receiving and retaining, for example by pinning along a respective axis parallel to the axes 56, a rigid tie 74, 75 for connection with the box connecting a neighboring lifting device 63, respectively.
  • a tie 74 or 75 for connection with the box connecting a neighboring lifting device 63, respectively.
  • the Man trade will choose, on each of these connection boxes, the most suitable screed among the 72 screeds on the faces frontal and the yokes 73 of the lateral faces.
  • tie rods 74, 75 connecting together the connection boxes 67 of the various devices according to invention 63 spread around a roof form above from it a static belt, preferably continuous, stiffening at this level the structure in particular defined by guide rods 64, also stiffened by their connection with walls 3, through holding plates 42 and wall plates 1, which allows to maintain a rigorous parallelism of the different guide rods 64 of the various devices 63, on the entire length of these rods 64, that is to say even in their areas furthest from their liaison with walls 3.
  • each box of connection 67 and the wall plates 1 of the devices according to the neighboring invention for example between the yoke 72 of the box of connection and rings fixed on the face 5 of the plate of fixing 2 of the wall plate 1 of these neighboring devices, due to a ring near the lower corners of this face 5.
  • each lifting device 63 is mounted in translation along the axes 56 thereof, that is to say in translation vertical, a console common to these two rods 64, one of which first exemplary embodiment, referenced 76, has been illustrated Figures 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, including a second example embodiment, referenced 77, has been illustrated in FIG. 10.
  • the console 76 shows, as best shown in Figure 9, the shape general of a rectangular parallelepiped defined by faces lower 78, upper 79, front 80 and side 71 of connection box 67, as to their respective orientation.
  • the console 76 is pierced right through respective bore 82 whose internal section perpendicularly to the respective axis 56 is closely complementary of the outer section of a rod 64 perpendicular to this axis, so that, by each of these bores 82, the console 76 is slidably mounted on the two rods 64, in a direction parallel to the axis 56, that is to say vertical.
  • This section can be cylindrical of revolution around the respective axis 56, as well as the interior section holes 57 and sleeves 58 and those of the bores blinds not referenced from the connection box 67, which interior sections are also closely complementary of the outer section of the rods 64, but it's fine understood that other sections, also closely complementary, could be chosen and that, in particular, the rods 64, externally, and the holes 57, bores 82, and unreferenced blind bores of the connection box 67, internally, could also have a section different, for example a fluted section allowing index the rods 64 around the axis 56 respective, especially to properly orient the holes crossing these rods 64 perpendicularly to the axis 56 to receive the respective pin 35 retaining with respect to the wall plate 1.
  • the console 76 On each of its lateral faces 81, the console 76 carries jointly, projecting, a respective bearing 83 articulation around a respective axis 84 parallel to the axes 56 and located in a plane, not referenced, common to both axes 56, the two bearings 83 being mutually symmetrical compared to a plan confused with plan 21.
  • the two bearings 83 are set back respectively towards the high relative to the underside 78 of the console 76 and downwardly relative to the upper face 79 thereof.
  • the console 76 can receive different types of accessories, adapted to the shape of the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted and at the position of the device according to the invention 63 relative to the frame 65 thus conformed.
  • FIG. 9 A first of these accessories, consisting of a bracket 85, is illustrated in FIG. 9 in two copies, each of which is carried by a respective bearing 83 and which are thus arranged respectively on either side of the console 76, while FIGS. 4, 5, 6, 11 illustrate a single copy of such a bracket 85 for such a console 76.
  • Each bracket 85 has three straight arms 86, 87, 88 rigid and forming a rigid assembly, the first is parallel to axis 84 and runs along it, the second is perpendicular to this axis 84 and cantilevered relative to this one from one end by which this arm 87 is connected to the upper end of the arm 86, and the third of which obliquely connects the end free from the second arm 87 at the lower end of the first arm 86 to constitute a strut between the two arms 86 and 87, reference being made to a position of assembly of the bracket 85 to the console 76.
  • the arm 86 carries in solidarity, opposite the overhang formed by the arm 87, a yoke 89 comprising two arms projecting perpendicularly at axis 84 and intersecting therefrom, at the rate of a lower arm 90 located under the corresponding bearing 83 and an upper arm 91 located above this bearing and extending arm 87.
  • These two arms 90 and 91 are mutually spaced, along axis 84, of a dimension greater than that of the bearing 83 along this axis, and receive so integral but removable, along this axis 84, a common rod 92 of articulation of the square 85, around the axis 84, in this bearing 83.
  • the rod 92 has a shape cylindrical outer of revolution around the axis 84, and the bearing 83 and the arms 90 and 91 are drilled along this axis a respective bore internally having the same section.
  • the rod 92 is for example constituted by a screw having a head that we rest down on the upper arm 91 and a threaded end that receives a nut or assembly nut - lock nut under the lower arm 90.
  • the upper arm 91 of the yoke 89 and the bearing 83 are positioned and dimensioned in such a way so that, if we let the set of square 85 rest down, by the upper arm 91, on the bearing 83, the arm 87 of square 85 is level with the face upper 79 of console 76, as an extension of this upper face 79, a flat upper face 93 perpendicular at axis 84, as shown in the left half of the figure 9. So there remains a space between the bearing 83 and the lower arm 90 of the yoke 89. This makes it possible to place also square 85 in a higher position by compared to console 76, as illustrated in the section on the right of this figure 9.
  • Such an assembly also makes it possible to place the square 85 in a general orientation angularly offset, in particular by 90 °, around the axis 84 relative to the console 76, that is to say with respect to the common plane not referenced axes 56, in the case where the device according to invention 63 is placed near a nip point or protruding from wall 3, as also shown in half of right of Figure 9, it being understood that the settings of level of brackets 85 are mutually independent when two brackets are thus provided on the same console 76, of even that their settings are mutually independent orientation to it.
  • brackets 85 are shaped so that they can be rigidly linked together, bracket 85 carried by a console 76 to a bracket 85 carried by a neighboring console 76, to constitute around the frame 65 a dynamic belt, that is to say offering a support as continuous as possible for structural elements 65 during lifting and after lifting, while raises walls 3 to the desired level.
  • the arm 87 is constituted by a profile hollow, U-section open upwards, i.e. towards its face 93, in order to be able to receive internally a straight, rigid beam 94 for connection with the upper arm 87 from another bracket 85, corresponding to a console 76 neighbor, so that this beam 94 extends horizontally arm 87 and also provides support for elements of the frame 65, by an upper face 95 perpendicular to axis 84 and approximately coplanar with the face 93 of the arm 87.
  • the beam 94 has been illustrated in FIGS. 5 and 6, in particular, in the form of an I-profile, one of the wings of which defines the upper face 95, but other modes of achievement could be chosen without going out for as much of the scope of the present invention.
  • the beam 94 is retained so removable on the two arms 87 which it connects by means allowing limited vertical tilting, compatible with possible race deviations between consoles 76 or 77 during the raising of the roof; as an example no limitative, we can accept a tolerance of 3% in this regard over a meter of travel in the case of the use of cylinders, described later, for moving consoles 76 or 77 along the guide rods 64, this tolerance can be reduced to 0% by using electronic rules correction.
  • the beam 94 is fitted inside U-shaped profile constituting each arm 87. It is there retained on the one hand by engagement of its extreme section, received inside the profile, under a horizontal pin 96 which runs along the upper face 93 of the arm 87 near the free end of it and goes right through profiled, perpendicular to it, in a position as there remains vis-à-vis the beam 94 a vertical clearance limited allowing the aforementioned limited vertical tilting as well as a sliding of the beam 94 inside the streamlined.
  • each tie rod 98 preferably comprises means allowing a limited elastic variation of the distance mutually separating axis 129, fixed with respect to arm 87 corresponding, and the pin 97, fixed relative to beam 94.
  • each tie rod such that 98 has the shape of a straight rod 210, of section constant and direction perpendicular to the axis 129.
  • this rod 210 integrally carries a sleeve 133 coaxially engaged on pin 97 and retained so removable thereon, by any appropriate means and by example by pinning.
  • the rod 210 is received and guided to slide, perpendicular to the axis 129, in a sleeve 130 itself articulated around axis 129 on arm 87.
  • the rod 210 On both sides other of the sleeve 130, respectively, the rod 210 carries a adjustable fixed stop 131, 132, for example produced under the shape of a split ring fixed by tightening on the rod 120, the mutual spacing of the two stops 131, 132 in the direction of the length of the rod 210 being greater than the dimension corresponding of the sleeve 130 to authorize said variation, and a helical spring 134, coaxial with the rod, is maintained in compressive stress between the sleeve 130 and one of the stops, for example the stop 132 located opposite sleeve 133 for connecting each beam 94 to the two arms 87 who wear it.
  • brackets 85 in one or two copies, together with a console 76 and with beams 94 connecting between the respective arms 87 of these brackets 85 are particularly suitable when the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted has elements distributed along a horizontal line, as it can be the case for example along a sand break, at the bottom of slope of a roof with two or four slopes.
  • the connecting device 99 can be mounted on the bearing 83 of console 76 in a manner identical to that of bracket 85, via a base 100 provided for this effect of a yoke 114 in every way comparable to yoke 89.
  • This base 100 defines an articulation bearing, around an axis 101 perpendicular to the two axes 56, that is to say horizontal, for a cradle 102 for receiving a rigid beam 103, straight and perpendicular in direction to axis 101, which we have along the crossbowman of so as to be supported either under it or under the frame 65 failures, if any through of suitable shims, and that one rests on at least two cradles 102, corresponding to two devices according to the invention 63 distributed over the pinion.
  • Beam 103 is by example consisting of an I-shaped metal profile, one of which wing, for example the upper wing, is received and guided to the sliding in its direction perpendicular to the axis 101 in a zone that is complementary to the cradle 102.
  • the beam 103 is part of a farm 136, preferably adjustable of which it constitutes a crossbowman and that we just brought under the frame 65 along the pinion, removably, to ensure continuity, at this level, of the dynamic belt otherwise formed by brackets 85 and beams 94.
  • Such an adjustable truss can also be provided along cross walls, preferably in two copies arranged respectively on the part and other side of each cross wall, to ensure at this level the same load recovery functions, during lifting, and dynamic belt continuity link.
  • such a farm 136 advantageously consists of an assembly of straight metal profiles, with two rafters such as 103 hinged together, and each connected by a device 99 to the console 76 of at least one device according to the respective invention and at least one entry 135, of preferably telescopic, articulated on these two rafters to allow an adaptation of the geometry of the farm to that of frame 65 and ensure support from each breakdown on the adjustable truss, if necessary via suitable wedging devices;
  • the different articulation axes, such as 137, defined for example by yokes such as 138 are mutually parallel and perpendicular to an average plane, not referenced, of the farm 136, which is oriented substantially parallel to the wall gable or associated cross wall; crossbowmen such that 103 can themselves be telescopic, or be cut to length on site but you can also plan to allow a length to protrude from the roof larger or smaller depending on the dimensions of the roof, the where appropriate by savings arranged for
  • each cradle 102 allows to adapt to each installation conditions, and in particular to orient if necessary the axis 101 perpendicular to the non-referenced plane of the axes 56, as illustrated in the right half of Figures 4 and 7, in the case of a device according to the invention 63 placed on a gable wall or on a cross wall, for example near the ridge failure.
  • This device is designed to position itself on either of the bearings 83 of the console 76, in a way identical to device 99, and for this purpose has a flat base 140, vertical in use position, fitted a screed not visible in Figure 13 but at all points comparable with clevis 114 or clevis 89, to ensure the mounting of the device 139 on the corresponding bearing 83 of the console 76.
  • the device 139 as a whole has symmetry with respect to an unreferenced vertical plane which also constitutes a plane of symmetry for the screed ensuring its mounting on the bearing 83 of the console 76 and includes axis 84 of this bearing 83 as well as axis 53, after mounting the device 139 on the console 76, so that the same device 139 can be used indifferently to right and left of a console 76, if one faces such a console.
  • the base 140 of the device 139 has the form general of a rectangular frame, comprising two uprights vertical 141, mutually symmetrical about the plane of aforementioned symmetry of this device, and two crosspieces horizontal 142, respectively upper and lower, rigidly connecting the two uprights 141 respectively to their upper part and their lower part, perpendicularly to this plane of symmetry.
  • the base 140 is adjusted in the direction of height in relation to console 76, by means similar to those which have been cited in connection with brackets 85, so that its upper cross member 142 is place at a distance compatible with mutual travel cited above under the sandblast of the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted.
  • a slide 144 which bears integrally, in overhang opposite the articulation clevis of the base 140 on the console 76, a shaft 145 bearing itself, with guide to relative rotation about an axis 146 horizontal and in the aforementioned plane of symmetry of the device 139, as well as limited sliding possibility parallel at this axis, a cradle 147 at every point similar to the cradle 102 and cooperating in a similar manner with the beam 103; however, in the example illustrated in Figure 13, this is the lower wing thereof which is received and guided to the sliding, in a direction perpendicular to the axis 146, which is also the direction of beam 103, in a profiled area complementary to the cradle 147, being understood that it is the upper wing of the beam 103 which, in the case of this example of figure 13, like that of Figures 4 to 7, is supported under the purlins of the frame 65 to apply a lifting effort per
  • Such a device 63 can advantageously be used to act on the two beams 103, forming a crossbowman, of the adjustable truss 136, at their articulation mutual, as well as under the blackout, as we have illustrated in figure 4.
  • a device according to the invention 63 is located immediately below the rim, so that its axis 53 is secant from the ridge failure and, as much as possible, that the plane of symmetry 21 of the wall plate 1 and retaining plate 42 coincides with a vertical median plane of symmetry thereof, like the shows figure 14.
  • the console 76, not visible in FIG. 14, of this device according to the invention 63 carries, by its two bearings 83 also not visible in this figure, a device 148 connection comprising a base 149 at any comparable point to the base 142 as to its conformation in a rectangular frame comprising two mutually symmetrical vertical uprights 150 relative to a mean plane of symmetry of the base 149, including axis 53 and merged with plane 21 in this case, and of two horizontal sleepers 151 perpendicular to it plan, at the rate of an upper cross connecting mutually the upper ends of the uprights 150 and a lower crossmember connecting ends lower of these.
  • base 150 has two mutually clevis symmetrical with respect to its plane of symmetry, to allow the rigid connection, but with the possibility of adjustment in the direction of the height, of the base 150 with the console 76, by the two bearings 83 thereof simultaneously; the adjustment in the height direction is such that the crosspiece upper 151 takes support under the ridge fault.
  • These two screeds are not related to figure 14, but their design falls within the normal skills of a person skilled in the art; they are identical in all respects to the yokes 158 illustrated in the FIG. 15 about another device 155 for linking a console 76 and a beam 103.
  • the base 149 integrally carries a tableau 152 plane, vertical, parallel to a plane defined by the axes 56 of the two guide rods 64, the table 152 being bordered by the two uprights 150 and the two crosspieces 151.
  • table 152 carries so joined together two mutually symmetrical 153 trees by relative to the mean plane of symmetry of the base 149 and located at the same level; in the height direction, relative to sleepers 151, these two shafts 153 ensuring the mounting of a respective cradle 154, on the one hand to the rotation of an axis horizontal 155 'parallel to the mean plane of symmetry of the base 149, with respect to which the two axes 155 'are mutually symmetrical, and on the other hand to the translation limited parallel to this respective axis 155 '.
  • Each cradle 154 has the general shape of a radial sleeve with respect to the respective axis 155 ′ in which is fitted and retained in a solid but removable manner, by example by keying not shown, an extreme section of one, respectively, of beams 103 constituting the rafters of the adjustable truss 136, so that the joint mutual of these beams 103 is carried out through their articulation around the respective axis 155 'on the table 152.
  • table 152 limited travel in the height direction relative to the base 149, for example by means of a guide sliding at any point similar to that of the slide 144, through rods 143, relative to the base 140 of the device 139 described with reference to the figure 13.
  • FIG. 15 A somewhat similar arrangement can be used under intermediate failures, as shown in Figure 15 where there is illustrated in particular a device according to the invention 63 mounted on a gable wall or on a cross wall, under a intermediate failure of frame 65 and more specifically in a position, in relation to this intermediate breakdown identical to the position occupied by the device 63 described in reference to Figure 14, with respect to the ridge failure.
  • a device for link 155 including in particular a base 156 at any point identical to base 149, and fitted like this, on its amounts 157 in all respects identical to amounts 150, respective clevis 158 of connection with one, respective, of bearings 83 of console 76, with possibility of adjustment in height so that the upper one of the crosspieces 159 from base 156, identical at all points to the sleepers 151 of base 149, take support under the intermediate failure considered.
  • base 156 carries, with possibility of limited vertical sliding, a slide not shown but in all respects to slide 144, bearing itself jointly a shaft 161 projecting opposite the yokes 158, along a horizontal axis 162 located in the plane means of symmetry of the base 156, passing through the axis 53 and coinciding with plane 21 as well as, at least approximately, with a median longitudinal plane of the intermediate breakdown in question.
  • This tree 161 carries itself, with the possibility of limited sliding along axis 162, and guide in rotation around the axis 162, with respect to the slide a cradle 163 'in all respects similar to cradle 147, in particular as regards upon reception and sliding guide of the beam 103 by the lower wing of the I-section constituting the latter.
  • each of the devices 139, 148, 155 which have just been described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 15, the or each cradle 147, 154, 163 'is free to move, from in a limited way, both vertically and horizontally, namely in the sense of a distance or a ruzement relative to the gable wall or the associated cross wall, if although the use of an adjustable truss 136 is compatible with the tolerances in the upward race of different 76 consoles, on the one hand, and with tolerances in the flatness of the gable wall or the bearing wall bearing the devices according to the invention 63, on the other hand.
  • the connecting devices 139, 148, 155 or only one of them may be associated with means of immobilizing the or each corresponding cradle, in the height direction, relative to the base corresponding, this immobilization can be carried out by wedging or by any other means.
  • the connecting devices 139, 148, 155 can be used jointly, in association with a farm adjustable 136, or separately; in particular, devices 99 can replace devices 139 by association with devices 148 and / or 155.
  • the entry 135 is illustrated as the beam 103 in the form of a profile metallic I-shaped, with a vertical core and two wings, upper and lower respectively, one and the other horizontal in the case of entry 135 while they are inclined with respect to the horizontal in the case of the beam 103 forming a crossbowman.
  • a Man of profession will adapt the arrangements which will be described in other embodiments of entry 135 and beam 103 without difficulty, and without leaving the part of the present invention.
  • the connecting device 163 comprises a rigid sleeve 165 engaged on beam 103, by sliding along it, and comprising for this purpose two flat side walls, vertical, mutually parallel 166, arranged respectively on either side of the beam 103 and forming the yoke 138 below it, a wall planar top 167 integrally connecting the two walls side 166 and resting on the upper wing of the beam 103, and a lower wall 168 running along the lower wing, so that the walls 166, 167, 168 define between they a channel 169 in which the beam 103 is guided at sliding lengthwise, without other play than a functional game allowing this sliding.
  • each of the upper 167 and lower 168 walls and the corresponding wing of the beam 103 are interposed, at inside channel 169, two respective pads such as 170, 171 than a respective clamping screw such as 172, crossing respectively the upper wall 167 or the wall lower 168 and cooperating by screwing with this wall respectively higher or lower, allows, at will, either to tighten on the corresponding wing of the beam 103, to completely immobilize it inside the canal 169, relative to the sleeve 165, in any position 5 relative desired, either to loosen to release the beam 103 and the sleeve 165 with respect to a relative sliding in the direction of the length of the beam 103.
  • the two side walls 166 define the axis 137 by a shaft 173 connecting them mutually, in solidarity, according to this axis 137 and bearing, with possibility of rotation around this axis 137, a rectilinear arm 174, radial with reference to axis 137.
  • the arm 174 In a non-referenced mean plane, perpendicular at this axis 137, the arm 174 has a continuous slit 5 175 which subdivides it into two mutually symmetrical legs 176 relative to this plane and each of which is radial in reference to axis 137, as shown in figure 17 where we finds arm 174 identically.
  • Slot 175 and legs 176 are sized so that the soul of the profile constituting the entry 135 also engages precisely as possible in the slot 175, between the legs 176, and that the latter, thus arranged respectively on the one hand and other of this soul, apply at best, flat, against the upper wing and the lower wing of the profile.
  • This orientation can be freely chosen, depending on the slope of the roof to be lifted, by pivoting the integral assembly formed by the entry 135 and the arm 176 around the axis 137 relative to the sleeve 165 itself secured to the beam 103, it being understood that entry 135 is in principle horizontal whatever the inclination of the beam 103, adapted to that of the roof, relative to the horizontal.
  • a separate device 178 of blocking which comprises a lower slide 179 slidably mounted along entry 135, by the wing upper of it, an upper slide 180, mounted at sliding along the beam 103, by the lower wing thereof, and a straight strut 181 connecting mutually these two slides 179, 180 and articulated on each of them around a respective axis 182, 183 parallel to axis 137.
  • This device 178 arranged inside of the acute angle formed by the entry 135 and the beam 103 with reference to axis 137, can be immobilized by friction of parts 179 and 180 on the profile wing respectively associated, namely the entry 135 and the beam 103, or again by pinching effect applied at each part 179, 180 to the wing respectively associated, for example thanks to skids controlled by screws, similar in all respects on pads 170, 171.
  • the strut 181 may have a length constant, in which case setting the relative orientation of the entry 135 of the beam 103 by rotation about the axis 137 is accompanied by a sliding of parts 179 and 180 on the associated wing respectively.
  • the strut 181 has an adjustable length between axes 182 and 183, and is for example produced in the form a screw jack, in which case parts 179 and 180 are immobilized respectively on entry 135 and on beam 103 during the relative orientation adjustment of these last around axis 137, and this adjustment is made by adjustment of the length of the strut 181.
  • the realization of these different variants of the device 178 falls normal skills of a skilled person and will not be detailed further.
  • the upper wall 167 of the scabbard 165 carries securely, in an extreme zone higher if we take into account the joint slope of this wall 167 and the beam 103, assumed to be in position under the frame 65 to be raised, a screed 184 receiving and guiding, to rotation about an axis 186 parallel to the axis 137, a coaxial shaft 185 carrying itself in an integral manner, upwards, a bracket 187 intended to serve as a support to the intermediate breakdown on the one hand vertically downwards, and on the other hand in a horizontal direction in which the slope of the roof as well as the beam 103 is descending.
  • the bracket 187 has a flat wing 188, showing a free edge at the top of the slope near which it is secured, downwards, with tree 185, and down the slope a bearing edge jointly another wing 189 perpendicular to wing 188 and parallel to axis 186, rising from its connection with wing 188.
  • wing 188 can be placed horizontally and wing 189 vertically, to rest flat against the intermediate failure assumed to be vertical, or to present an orientation suitable to be applied flat against a breakdown having a different orientation compared to the horizontal, and for example an orientation perpendicular to the beam 103, means for adjusting the angle are provided 187 in orientation, around axis 186, in relation to scabbard 165, which will now be described.
  • These means comprise, on the upper wall 167 sheath 165, two rectilinear rods 190 radial in reference to axis 186 and parallel to wall 167, that is to say to the general direction of channel 169 and the beam 103.
  • Each of these rods 190 presents, taking into account the slope it presents as well, an upper end facing up the slope and secured to the wall 167 by means of a respective stop 191 that this wall 167 carries securely in the immediate vicinity of its lower edge, that is to say its edge facing the bottom of the slope.
  • each of these rods 190 is slidably mounted, with possibility of immobilization in any position set desired along the rods 190, for example via a respective clamping sleeve 192 on the rod 190, a respective eyelet 193 of a hoof 194 thus guided to the sliding relative to the wall 167 of the sleeve 165, the along the rods 190.
  • this guide of the shoe 194 can be supplemented by the engagement of a lug thereof in a fitted groove, parallel to the rods 190, in the upper wall 167 of the scabbard 165.
  • the shoe 194 is thus disposed between the bracket 187 and the stops 191, that is to say shifted down the slope relative to the square 187, and present towards this last, that is to say towards the top of the slope, a 195 pan plane, parallel to axis 186 and inclined with respect to the wall 167 so as to form an angle with it upwards preferably greater than 90 ° and for example of the order of 135 °, this figure being indicated only as an example not limiting.
  • the pan 195 is hollowed out of a groove 197 in which engages a lug 196 that the bracket 187 carries jointly, down the slope, at the junction between its two wings 188 and 189.
  • the throat 197 Respectively on both sides of the throat 197 is arranged in the shoe 194 a light 198 parallel to the pan 195 and in which a lug engages respective 199 of post 196, so that post 196 either guided along the light 198 and either likely to turn further on itself inside this light 198; for this purpose, the two pins 199 have advantageously a cylindrical shape of revolution around the same axis 200 parallel to the axis 186.
  • Figure 17 shows a device 164 having great analogies with the device 163, as noted above, in the measure where we find identical and under the same numerical references all of the elements described in reference to FIG. 16, with the exception of device 178, then absent, and of an embodiment different from the articulation of the arm 174 around the axis 137 relative to the yoke 138 defined by the side walls 166 of the sheath 165.
  • the shaft 173 with axis 137 is integral with the arm 174 being guided in rotation about axis 137 relative to to the side walls 166 of the sheath 165, and bears integrally, outside the yoke 138 defined by these walls side 166, a coaxial pinion 201, in permanent engagement with a worm screw 202 that the corresponding side wall 166 door, to rotation about a parallel axis 203 to this wall 166, by means of a yoke 204.
  • the worm 202 is connected by a universal joint 205 to a shaft 206 which itself carries a handwheel 207, which allows you to rotate will, one way or the other, the worm 202 around its axis 203 relative to the yoke 204.
  • this rotation in one direction or the other, is accompanied by a pivoting of the arm 174, and with it the entry 135, around the axis 137 relative to the sheath 165 and to beam 103, in the direction of opening or closing of the angle formed between them by beam 103 and the entry 135, which allows to adjust the slope of the beam 103 with respect to the horizontal while preserving the horizontality of entry 135, in order to adapt the slope of beam 103 to that of the roof.
  • the irreversibility of its assured transmission by the mutual meshing of the pinion 201 and the worm 202 ensures immobilization of entry 135 and beam 103 in the relative orientation thus adjusted.
  • the beams 103 forming rafters and the 135 ties could be made in other forms, and for example be made up of tubes of circular section, the shape of cradles, channels, or other components or parts of components which cooperate with them being adapted accordingly, without difficulty, by a Man of job ; it could be the same for beams 94.
  • brackets 85 and beams 94 could completely replace or partially to the brackets 85 and to the connecting beams 94 mutual to constitute the aforementioned dynamic belt either when the use of brackets 85 and beams 94 is made impossible by the conditions for setting up the device according to the invention, either due to a choice deliberate.
  • console 77 rather than console 76 illustrated in figure 10, which is identical to the console 76 in particular as to the possibilities of receiving one or more two brackets 85 and a device 99 or 139, but is in further shaped to receive, in solidarity but removable, for example by fitting and pinning, on its upper surface 104 and / or its front face 105 turned to the opposite of wall 3, corresponding respectively to faces 79 and 80 of the console 76, specific accessories 106, 107 removable securing of a respective frame element, including a farmhouse or a crossbowman, respectively, having ends cantilevered by relation to the wall 3.
  • the configuration of these accessories 106, 107 can vary to a large extent depending on the installation conditions and will not be further detailed, to the extent that it falls within the normal capabilities of a Tradesman.
  • the upper face 79 of the console 76 could also be designed to receive the accessory 106 of receipt of a farm entry.
  • Consoles 76 or 77 of devices 63 depending on the invention being equipped with the most suitable means for cooperate with the elements of the roof frame 65 to be lifted, namely brackets 85 and / or devices 99, 139, 148, 155 associated with adjustable trusses 130 and / or accessories 106, 107, and after fixing the wall plates 1 on wall 3, directly or through a respective gauge 115, while respecting horizontality axes 19 as good as possible then vertical adjustment axes 56 and connection between the guide rods 64 corresponding to the various devices 63 by tie rods 74, 75, on the one hand, and between the brackets 85 and the cradles 102, respectively, by beams 94, 103, while the consoles 76, 77 occupy a position as low as possible on guide rods 64, being naturally arranged above the yokes 29, a lifting is caused simultaneous, synchronized from the different consoles 76, 77 on the guide rods 64 by pushing means, advantageously constituted by hydraulic 108 or electromechanical jacks, associated with common
  • Each device according to the invention 63 comprises thus a single jack 108, removably mounted on the retaining plate 42, by threaded holes 54 distributed around the notch 50 thereof.
  • each jack 108 comprising a body 109 and a coaxial rod 110
  • the body 109 is engaged in the coincident notches 50 and 22, respectively, the retaining plate 42 and the cradle 8 of the plate mural 1 and screwed, by a flange not illustrated, on the face upper 44 of the retaining plate 42 by the holes threaded 54 thereof, which ensures its positioning along axis 53, that is to say its perfect parallelism with respect to guide rods 64.
  • Its rod 110 also thus arranged along the axis 53, is then placed in abutment upwards against console 76 or 77, from the underside such as 78 thereof to which this rod 110 is possibly fixed.
  • this stroke is less than the lifting height, we can first lift, from the position of the roof in which the frame 65 of it rests on the walls 3, bring the roof 65 in an intermediate lifting position, in which immobilizes the consoles 76 or 77 on the rods 64, provisionally, by engagement of keys in respective holes, not shown, then placed in coincidence mutual. We then lower the rods 110 of the cylinders 108 to insert between each of them and the console corresponding 76 or 77 a shim having a height corresponding to the initial lifting height. Then, after having separated the consoles 76, 77 opposite sliding along the rods 64, the lifting by means of jacks 108, to the desired height, repeating this operation if necessary.
  • a retention of the frame 65, downwards, in a succession of positions reached during lifting can also be obtained automatically, by cooperation of a snap device provided on each console 76, 77 with a rack parallel to the rods guide 64 and fixed relative thereto, and for example fitted directly along one of them, so not illustrated but easily conceivable by a Man of job.
  • the invention can also be implemented by providing that the guide rods 64 slide coaxially in the sleeves 58 and carry the consoles together corresponding 76 or 77.
  • the jacks 108 do not cause the consoles 76, 77 to slide on the guide rods 64, but an overall lifting of the brackets and guide rods, which slide in the sleeves 58 to provide the desired guidance.
  • the pins 35 must be removed during the lifting operations, and put back in place, then that holes provided on the rods 64 coincide with the lights 34 of the screeds 29, whenever we want interrupt the lifting and in particular when raising the cylinders 108 and at the end of lifting, during the raising of the wall 3.
  • a latching device mounted on the holding 42 and cooperating with a rack of the indicated type previously can also be provided for this purpose.
  • Figures 18 to 21 show a wall 3 with its substantially vertical surface 112, which is here the exterior surface of the wall, it being understood that the lifting can also be fixed against an interior surface of this wall.
  • a lifting device, noted 300, is fixed to the wall 3 by support means which are essentially constituted by two basic components, namely a wall plate 301 and an intermediate support plate 308. It is advisable to note that in some particular applications, by example industrial buildings with a steel frame, the lifting device will be fixed to a pole and not to a wall, this then requires an adaptation relating to aptitudes normal of a skilled person for mounting on pole.
  • Wall plate 301 could be attached to the face 112 from wall 3 either directly by bolting or by through a template, as in the embodiment previously described. However, support has been provided here. direct from the wall plate 301 on a chain of the wall 3, that is to say on the upper face denoted 212 of this chain.
  • the wall plate 301 has above a square 302 bearing on the face 212 of the chain of wall, the front face noted 303 of this square 302 presenting holes 304 used for the passage of fixing bolts 304.1 (shown only in Figure 21) anchored in the face 112 of the wall 3.
  • the unitary horizontal part of the square can be replaced by two independent support shoes, whose position by ratio to the vertical part is adjustable, allowing a wall plate orientation adjustment by mounting support shoes on a respective perpendicular horizontal axis to this vertical part: this is in particular interesting when supported on an inclined chain.
  • the wall plate 301 also has a pair vertical uprights 305 extending downward from square 302, and which have the particularity of forming a slide thanks to their U-shaped section whose opening is turned inward.
  • a lower plate support In the lower part of each of vertical uprights 305 is provided a lower plate support, which may or may not be bolted to the wall 112.
  • the intermediate support plate 308 is it essentially formed of a front plate 311 and of two horizontal crosspieces 312 and 313 whose ends pass inside the vertical uprights 305 for a vertical sliding guide for this intermediate plate support 308.
  • a system of holes could be provided and pins associated with the vertical uprights to have successive heights for the intermediate plate 308 support.
  • the wall plate 301 has a crossbar above horizontal 307 in the center of which hangs a rod threaded 309 thus extending in the vertical plane of symmetry of the slide formed by the uprights 305, up to a low level close to the lower support plates 306.
  • the upper cross member 312 and lower cross member 313 of the intermediate support plate 308 then have a hole central allowing the passage of the threaded rod 309, and the support of the intermediate plate 308 at the desired height is ensured by a visible lower locking nut 310 only in Figures 18 and 19.
  • the front plate 311 has two pairs of brackets 314 below which are fixed by a respective wing 315, the other wing 316 extending projecting substantially perpendicular to the plane of the front plate 311.
  • the wings 316 each have a hole 317, the holes being all aligned on an axis common 19, which we will see later that this axis is no other that the axis around which the connecting retaining plate pivots the guide means and the controlled means of thrust with wall plate 301.
  • the upper cross member 312 of the intermediate plate 308 also carries two small hollow sections 321 extending in a direction parallel to that of the slide formed by the vertical uprights 305, and arranged symmetrically with respect to the median plane of the intermediate support plate 308.
  • Each hollow profile 321 has an oblong light on its front face opening 322 whose function will be explained below.
  • attachment means 321, 322 on the back of a front plate 311 of greater height, between the horizontal crosspieces 312, 313 which are then more distant from each other: this reduces the overturning torque (thanks to lowering the fulcrum, and increasing the distance between the tear-off points in the slide), and also avoids having a through opening in the upper part profiles 321, which could be closed off with debris.
  • the intermediate plate support 308 will be fitted with a clamping device adapted within the normal knowledge of Man loom, for example a self-clamping flange, the tightening torque increases with the load lifted (the load is then blocked in all directions thanks to upset corners and diamond-headed skates).
  • the lifting device 300 further comprises a holding plate 342 supporting the guide means 64 of the console 76, the latter means being produced here under the shape of two parallel rods, on which can slide the lifting console 76 parallel to its plane which is brought into contact with the lower edge of the frame 65, edge which is represented schematically by a line in dashed lines in Figure 18.
  • Rods 64 could be received below in sleeves integral with the tray holding 342 as is the case in the mode of realization previously described, but we have provided here a variant according to which each rod 64 has below a portion 323 of smaller diameter, allowing a direct support of each rod 64 on the upper face of the retaining plate 342, this portion opening out from the face lower of said retaining plate and allowing a locking for example by means of a wedge 324, as well as this is shown in figure 18.
  • the holding plate 342 further presents here a central notch 352 associated with the passage of the body 109 of the lifting cylinder 108, the rod 110 of said cylinder being represented only by its upper end in FIG. 18, pressing against the underside of the lifting console 76.
  • the console 76 may be formed of two sliding sleeves on the rods 64, joined by a housing connected below to the push cylinder rod and fitted a horizontal transverse axis on which a plate pivots adjustable tilt support: this is interesting for metal-framed industrial buildings, because the support plate can be linked directly, for example by bolting, to a horizontal or inclined beam of the frame. It will then be interesting to provide a plate additional guide at the top of the beam, cooperating with the vertical rods 64.
  • the device lifting 300 also comprises means for adjusting the plumb, denoted 325, and level adjusting means, denoted 335, these adjustment means 325 and 335 connecting the support means constituted by the wall plate 301 and the intermediate plate support 308 to the common connection means formed by the retaining plate 342.
  • the plumb adjustment was already provided in the mode previously described, in the form of a tilting around an axis by pressing on a cylindrical cradle.
  • the means of adjustment plumb are arranged differently, which simplifies and considerably lighten the structure of the device.
  • Plumb adjustment means 325 essentially comprise (in duplicate) a plumb adjustment element 326 and a plumb adjustment sheath 329.
  • the setting element plumb 326 consists of a cylindrical head 327 and a threaded pin 328.
  • the cylindrical head 327 is shaped to be received inside one of the two hollow profiles associated 321, so that the associated threaded axis 328 passes through the notched opening 322 extending projecting from the intermediate support plate 308.
  • the adjustment sleeve plumb 329 has a threaded body 330 internally to screw onto the threaded pin 328, and a rear support flange 331 provided at the end of the sheath 329.
  • the sheath 329 has a shaped end 332, for example under the shaped like a hexagon, this end thus forming a operation to be able to rotate the sheath 329 around of its axis.
  • Intermediate plate 308 thus presents means 321 for fixing the plumb adjustment means 325, which are here constituted by the hollow sections 321.
  • the fixing means 321 are arranged to allow a pivoting of the adjustment means 325 about an axis capable to be arranged horizontally and parallel to the surface 112 of the wall 3.
  • the level adjustment means 335 comprise as for them, also according to a pair, elements 336 of level adjustment and level adjustment sleeves 339.
  • a level adjustment element 336 is provided here comprising a head 337 of articulation 337 surmounted by a threaded axis 338.
  • the articulation head 337 of each leveling element 336 is placed between a pair of brackets 314, and this head has an opening with axis 334 allowing the passage of a hinge pin 318.
  • each pair of elements 336 and leveling sleeves 339 crosses the plate holding 342 while coming out at the level of the upper face of this one by oblong passage openings 343, these openings being arranged in a direction parallel to the pivot axis 19 defined by the hinge pins 318.
  • each level adjustment sheath 339 has a body 340 internally threaded to screw onto the 338 threaded axis, a support flange 344 at the lower end, and, at the other end, for example a hexagonal operating head 341.
  • FIGS. 18 to 20 also show, for the plumb adjustment means 325, a support washer 345 coming against the front face of the retaining plate 342 and held by a pin or circlip not shown associated with the adjustment sleeve 329, and, for the means 335 level adjustment, lower support shims 346 and upper 347, as well as a terminal support washer 348.
  • the adjustment plumb is carried out by maneuvering the heads 332 of the sheaths plumb adjustment 329, which produces tilting desired around the axis 19 for the retaining plate 342, and therefore for the jack 108 or 108 ′ and the guide rods 64 supported by said holding plate.
  • This plumb adjustment is shown diagrammatically by arrow 400 in FIG. will observe that, during a plumb adjustment, the lights oblong 333 do not interfere with the end of the adjusting means 325.
  • the level adjustment is carried out in an analogous manner, by intervening on one and / or the other of the two heads of maneuver 341 coming out of the associated oblong openings 343, this intervention aimed at turning one or both sheaths 339 operated in such a way as to vary the level of the holding plate 342, as shown by the arrows 401 in FIG. 18.
  • the intermediate support plate 308 has means 314, here in the form of brackets, for fixing the level adjusting means 335.
  • these means of fixing 314 are arranged to allow pivoting of the level adjusting means 335 around the axis 19 which is can be arranged horizontally and parallel on the surface 112 of wall 3. It will also be noted that the 343 oblong passage openings allow travel angles of the retaining plate 342 during an adjustment level.
  • the lifting device according to the invention can be used not only to raise the frame of an existing building, but also to lift the frame of a building under construction after installation in place of stabilized and braced straight posts.
  • the device then makes it possible to maintain the frame at a intermediate stroke thanks to a clamping system within the normal knowledge of a skilled person: can then go up one level each time the means connection and thrust, consider a complete lifting of the frame from a low height (two meters from the ground for example) until its final positioning, which allows mounting of the frame at ground level where a significant time savings and a considerable decrease in risks for personnel operating on the construction site.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Civil Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Conveying And Assembling Of Building Elements In Situ (AREA)
  • Load-Engaging Elements For Cranes (AREA)
  • Types And Forms Of Lifts (AREA)

Abstract

PCT No. PCT/FR96/01770 Sec. 371 Date Feb. 18, 1997 Sec. 102(e) Date Feb. 18, 1997 PCT Filed Nov. 8, 1996 PCT Pub. No. WO97/19238 PCT Pub. Date May 29, 1997A device for lifting a framework (65) optionally together with a portion of a building resting on said framework (65), and in particular a roof, relative to underlying walls. The device (63) is designed to be used as one of a plurality of such devices distributed around the framework (65) and it includes a wall plate (1) suitable for being fixed to the wall (3) and connected to guides (64) for guiding a cursor (76) suitable for co-operating with the framework (65), and controlled thruster (108) for said cursor (76) by common connections (42) that ensure they are identically oriented. The device is particularly applicable to lifting two-slope or four-slope roofs, or floors, or bare frameworks, by suitable adaptations to the cursor (76).

Description

La présente invention concerne un dispositif de levage d'une charpente et le cas échéant d'une partie de construction reposant sur cette charpente, notamment une toiture, par rapport à des murs sous-jacents, destiné à être utilisé en plusieurs exemplaires répartis autour de la charpente.The present invention relates to a device for lifting of a frame and, if necessary, part of construction based on this framework, in particular a roof, relative to the underlying walls, intended to be used in multiple copies spread around the frame.

On connaít déjà des dispositifs de levage prenant appui soit sur le sol environnant du bâtiment dont la toiture est à lever, soit sur un plancher ou un étage de ce bâtiment. On pourra par exemple se référer aux documents WO-A-94 11596 et FR-A-2 540 543 qui décrivent des dispositifs de levage utilisant des vérins en appui sur un plancher du bâtiment dont la toiture est à lever.We already know lifting devices taking support either on the surrounding ground of the building including the roof is to be lifted, either on a floor or a floor of this building. We can for example refer to documents WO-A-94 11596 and FR-A-2 540 543 which describe lifting devices using jacks supported on a building floor whose roof is to be lifted.

Ces dispositifs connus ne sont pas agencés pour pouvoir être fixés à une surface de mur, et de plus leur structure est extrêmement encombrante et d'un coût de fabrication élevé.These known devices are not designed to be able to be fixed to a wall surface, structure is extremely bulky and cost high manufacturing.

Bien que ne faisant pas partie de l'état de la technique au sens de l'article 54(2) et (3) CBE, le document FR-A-2 720 430, publié le 1er décembre 1995 est mentionné dans la mesure où il décrit un dispositif de levage du type précité, comportant :

  • des moyens d'appui, susceptibles d'être fixés à une surface sensiblement verticale, notamment extérieure, d'un mur,
  • une console susceptible d'être placée sensiblement à la verticale des moyens d'appui, au-dessus de ceux-ci, et de coopérer avec un élément de la charpente pour le soutenir,
  • des moyens de guidage de la console à la translation par rapport aux moyens d'appui, suivant une direction susceptible d'être orientée sensiblement verticalement,
   ceci dans une application au levage d'une toiture et dans un mode de réalisation dans lequel les moyens d'appui sont constitués par trois platines murales distinctes, fixées au mur indépendamment l'une de l'autre, à raison d'une platine basse servant d'appui à un vérin constituant des moyens commandés de poussée, et de platines respectivement haute et intermédiaire coopérant avec des chandelles portant la console pour constituer les moyens de guidage de celle-ci.Although not part of the state of the art within the meaning of Article 54 (2) and (3) EPC, the document FR-A-2 720 430, published on 1 December 1995 is mentioned insofar as it describes a lifting device of the aforementioned type, comprising:
  • support means, capable of being fixed to a substantially vertical, in particular external, surface of a wall,
  • a console capable of being placed substantially vertically above the support means, and of cooperating with an element of the frame to support it,
  • means for guiding the console in translation relative to the support means, in a direction capable of being oriented substantially vertically,
this in an application for lifting a roof and in an embodiment in which the support means consist of three separate wall plates, fixed to the wall independently of one another, at the rate of a low plate serving as a support for a jack constituting controlled means of thrust, and respectively high and intermediate plates cooperating with candles carrying the console to constitute the means for guiding the latter.

Ce mode de réalisation d'un dispositif de levage d'une toiture présente l'inconvénient d'être complexe, coûteux à fabriquer, long et fastidieux à fixer et régler à la surface d'un mur, long à démonter après que l'on ait levé la toiture jusqu'à un niveau choisi et complété le mur jusqu'à la toiture ainsi levée, et particulièrement préjudiciable à l'aspect du mur puisqu'il est nécessaire d'y percer de nombreux trous pour fixer les différentes platines.This embodiment of a lifting device a roof has the drawback of being complex, expensive to manufacture, long and tedious to fix and adjust to the surface of a wall, long to dismantle after lifting the roof up to a chosen level and completed the wall up to the roof thus raised, and particularly harmful to the appearance of the wall since it is necessary to drill into it many holes to fix the different plates.

L'état de la technique le plus proche est illustré par le document US-A-4 980 999 qui décrit un dispositif de levage prenant appui sur le sol environnant, et constitué soit de tours de levage incorporant un système de treuillage, soit de vérins montés sur un support reposant sur le sol.The closest state of the art is illustrated by document US-A-4 980 999 which describes a device for lifting supported on the surrounding ground, and constituted either lifting towers incorporating a winching system, either cylinders mounted on a support resting on the ground.

Le dispositif de levage décrit dans ce document comporte toutes les caractéristiques du préambule de la revendication 1.The lifting device described in this document includes all the features of the preamble to the claim 1.

Les "moyens d'appui" de ce dispositif de levage, constitués par la partie inférieure de tours de levage en appui vertical sur le sol, sont certes en contact avec le mur du bâtiment et par suite susceptibles d'être fixés à une surface sensiblement verticale, notamment extérieure, d'un mur : toutefois, il est clair que les forces d'appui sont reprises par le sol et non par le mur vertical.The "support means" of this lifting device, constituted by the lower part of lifting towers in vertical support on the ground, are certainly in contact with the wall of the building and therefore likely to be attached to a substantially vertical surface, in particular external, of a wall: however, it is clear that the supporting forces are taken up by the ground and not by the vertical wall.

Du fait de son appui sur le sol, le dispositif de levage précité est relativement encombrant car il prend appui sur toute la partie du sol qui entoure le bâtiment dont la toiture est à lever.Because of its support on the ground, the said lifting is relatively bulky because it is supported over the entire part of the ground surrounding the building, the roof is to be lifted.

Le but de la présente invention est de remédier à ces inconvénients et, à cet effet, la présente invention propose un dispositif du type indiqué en préambule, caractérisé en ce que les moyens d'appui comportent une platine murale commune aux moyens de guidage et aux moyens commandés de poussée, et des moyens communs de raccordement des moyens de guidage et des moyens commandés de poussée avec la platine murale, leur assurant une orientation identique.The object of the present invention is to remedy these drawbacks and, to this end, the present invention offers a device of the type indicated in the preamble, characterized in that the support means comprise a plate wall common to the guide means and to the controlled means thrust, and common means of connecting means guide and controlled means of thrust with the plate mural, ensuring an identical orientation.

Grâce à cette conception des moyens d'appui, mettant en oeuvre une seule platine murale, la pose, le réglage puis la dépose du dispositif s'effectuent beaucoup plus facilement et beaucoup plus rapidement, et le dispositif laisse moins de traces disgracieuses après sa dépose, ce qui signifie que les travaux de réagréage du mur préexistant sont réduits.En outre, ce dispositif se prête à une réalisation particulièrement simple et économique, ce qui ressortira clairement de la suite de la description pour un Homme du métier.Thanks to this design of the support means, using a single wall plate, the installation, the adjustment and removal of the device are carried out a lot more easily and much faster, and the device leaves less unsightly traces after removal, which means that the work of re-fitting the pre-existing wall is In addition, this device lends itself to a realization particularly simple and economical, which will stand out clearly from the following description for a Man of job.

Un tel Homme du métier comprendra en outre aisément qu'un dispositif selon l'invention pourra trouver son application dans le levage de tout type de charpente, éventuellement nue mais portant le plus souvent une partie de construction, qui consistera généralement en une toiture comme le décrit la demande de brevet français précitée, mais pourra également consister en un autre composant d'une construction, tel qu'un plancher, auquel cas le terme "levage" devra s'interpréter dans un sens large, impliquant non seulement un mouvement d'élévation mais également un mouvement de descente. Naturellement, le choix de la surface verticale des murs sur laquelle seront fixées les platines murales des différents dispositifs selon l'invention s'effectuera en fonction de la nature de la charpente et de la partie de construction qu'elle porte, une surface extérieure étant le plus souvent choisie dans le cas d'une toiture et une surface intérieure dans le cas d'un plancher.Such a person skilled in the art will moreover easily understand that a device according to the invention can find its application in the lifting of any type of frame, possibly naked but most often wearing part of construction, which will usually consist of a roof as described in the aforementioned French patent application, but may also consist of another component of a construction, such as a floor, in which case the term "lifting" should be interpreted in a broad sense, implying not only an elevation movement but also a downward movement. Naturally, the choice of surface vertical of the walls on which the plates will be fixed of the various devices according to the invention will be carried out depending on the nature of the frame and the part of the construction it carries, an external surface being most often chosen in the case of a roof and an interior surface in the case of a floor.

Lorsqu'il est question de réglage, on envisage ici essentiellement un réglage tel que l'orientation des moyens de guidage et des moyens commandés de poussée soit identique pour tous les dispositifs de levage d'une même charpente, ce qui est indispensable si l'on veut éviter que les consoles tendent à se rapprocher ou s'éloigner mutuellement au fur et à mesure du levage, en imposant à la charpente des contraintes susceptibles d'entraíner la destruction de celle-ci, ou celle de certains des dispositifs de levage.When it comes to adjustment, we consider here essentially an adjustment such as the orientation of the means guide and controlled means of thrust is identical for all lifting devices of the same frame, this which is essential if we want to avoid consoles tend to move towards or away from each other as as it lifts, imposing constraints on the frame likely to destroy it, or that of some of the lifting devices.

Un tel réglage peut s'effectuer exclusivement par un réglage de positionnement de la platine murale par rapport au mur qui la porte, lors de sa fixation contre celui-ci, mais on préfère un mode de réalisation du dispositif selon l'invention selon lequel les moyens de raccordement comportent des moyens de réglage de ladite orientation identique.Such an adjustment can be carried out exclusively by a positioning adjustment of the wall plate relative to to the wall that carries it, when it is fixed against it, but we prefer an embodiment of the device according to the invention according to which the connection means comprise means for adjusting said identical orientation.

Par exemple, à cet effet, les moyens de raccordement comportent un plateau de maintien des moyens de guidage et des moyens commandés de poussée suivant une orientation identique et des moyens d'articulation du plateau de maintien par rapport à la platine murale, autour d'un axe susceptible d'être disposé sensiblement horizontalement et sensiblement parallèlement à ladite surface, ainsi que, de préférence, des moyens d'immobilisation provisoire du plateau de maintien par rapport à la platine murale, dans une gamme déterminée de positions angulaires relatives autour dudit axe.For example, for this purpose, the connection means have a support plate for guiding means and controlled means of thrust in an orientation identical and means of articulation of the retaining plate relative to the wall plate, around an axis likely to be arranged substantially horizontally and substantially parallel to said surface, as well as, preferably, means for temporarily immobilizing the holding plate by compared to the wall plate, in a determined range of relative angular positions around said axis.

On peut ainsi limiter les réglages de positionnement de la platine murale par rapport au mur à un simple réglage d'horizontalité de l'axe d'articulation du plateau de maintien par rapport à cette platine murale, ce que l'on peut effectuer de façon particulièrement simple en faisant légèrement tourner celle-ci sur elle-même contre la surface du mur, en s'aidant de tout moyen approprié de contrôle de mise à niveau, tel qu'un niveau à bulle ou un télémètre à laser, avant de la fixer fermement au mur.We can thus limit the positioning settings from the wall plate to the wall to a simple horizontal adjustment of the articulation axis of the platform hold in relation to this wall plate, what we can perform in a particularly simple way by doing slightly turn it on itself against the surface of the wall, using any appropriate means of monitoring leveling, such as a spirit level or a range finder before attaching it firmly to the wall.

Ce réglage peut être facilité si, selon une variante de mise en oeuvre de la présente invention, on ne fixe pas la platine murale directement au mur mais on prévoit que les moyens d'appui comportent un gabarit intermédiaire de fixation de la platine murale à la surface du mur, susceptible d'être fixé à ladite surface et de recevoir de façon amovible la platine murale dans une position relative déterminée. Il peut en effet être plus facile de positionner rigoureusement puis de fixer au mur, en conservant le réglage rigoureux obtenu, un tel gabarit qui peut être plus léger et plus maniable que la platine murale, avant de placer celle-ci sur ce gabarit. En outre, un tel gabarit, convenablement dimensionné, permet de fixer une platine murale en regard d'une zone d'un mur qui, en elle-même, ne présente pas une résistance mécanique suffisante pour autoriser une fixation directe, en autorisant un report des fixations vers des zones plus résistantes du mur, telles que des chaínages haut et bas ou des poteaux, si, selon un mode de réalisation préféré, le gabarit est susceptible d'être fixé à la surface du mur en au moins un emplacement décalé par rapport à la platine murale occupant ladite position relative déterminée.This adjustment can be facilitated if, according to a variant implementation of the present invention, no do not fix the wall plate directly to the wall but we plan that the support means comprise an intermediate template of fixing the wall plate to the wall surface, susceptible to be attached to said surface and to receive removable the wall plate in a relative position determined. It may indeed be easier to position rigorously then attach to the wall, keeping the setting rigorous obtained, such a template which can be lighter and easier to handle than the wall plate, before placing it on this template. In addition, such a template, suitably dimensioned, allows to fix a wall plate opposite of an area of a wall which, in itself, does not present a sufficient mechanical strength to allow attachment direct, by authorizing a postponement of fixings to areas more resistant to the wall, such as high and low chains or posts, if, according to a preferred embodiment, the template is likely to be attached to the surface of the wall at minus a location offset from the wall plate occupying said determined relative position.

On peut éventuellement prévoir que les différents dispositifs selon l'invention, répartis autour d'une charpente pour assurer le levage de celle-ci et, avec elle, d'une partie de construction reposant sur elle, à savoir par exemple une toiture ou un plancher, soient actionnés individuellement, auquel cas ils peuvent être d'un type librement choisi mais nécessitent une main d'oeuvre abondante pour commander leur fonctionnement, le synchronisme de ce fonctionnement restant toutefois douteux au risque d'entraíner des détériorations de la charpente.We can possibly foresee that the different devices according to the invention, distributed around a frame to lift it and, with it, a construction part resting on it, namely by example a roof or a floor, are actuated individually, in which case they can be of a free type chosen but require an abundant workforce to control their operation, the synchronism of this operation remaining doubtful, however, at the risk of causing deterioration of the frame.

On préfère par conséquent choisir les moyens commandés de poussée dans un groupe comportant les vérins hydrauliques et les vérins électromécaniques, et les associer à des moyens de télécommande communs à d'autres dispositifs de levage, à savoir de préférence tous les dispositifs utilisés pour lever la charpente, afin de synchroniser un ensemble de dispositifs de levage, à partir d'un point de commande unique. On entend ici par "moyens de télécommande" aussi bien des moyens associés à une source unique de fluide hydraulique sous pression ou d'électricité, respectivement, reliés respectivement par un faisceau de conduites hydrauliques ou de câbles électriques aux différents vérins, que des moyens de radio-commande agissant sur des vérins autonomes quant à la fourniture de fluide hydraulique ou d'électricité, respectivement.We therefore prefer to choose the means thrust controlled in a group comprising the jacks electromechanical cylinders, and associate them to remote control means common to other devices lifting, preferably all devices used to lift the frame, in order to synchronize a set of lifting devices, from a point of single order. Here we mean by "remote control means" both means associated with a single source of fluid pressurized hydraulics or electricity, respectively, connected respectively by a bundle of hydraulic lines or electric cables to the different cylinders, only radio control means acting on autonomous cylinders as for the supply of hydraulic fluid or electricity, respectively.

Quelle que soit leur conception, les moyens commandés de poussée peuvent être utilisés pour lever la charpente en une seule opération sur la totalité de la hauteur désirée, et être ensuite utilisés pour maintenir la charpente au niveau atteint pendant tout le temps nécessaire à la surélévation du mur jusqu'à ce niveau.Whatever their conception, the means push commands can be used to lift the frame in a single operation on the entire desired height, and then be used to maintain the frame at the level reached during all the time necessary at the height of the wall up to this level.

Cependant, ceci nécessite des vérins d'encombrement important et, si l'on désire qu'ils assurent le maintien de la charpente pendant tout le temps nécessaire à la surélévation du mur, entraíne une dépense importante en énergie, d'une part, et une immobilisation de longue durée des vérins, alors qu'ils pourraient être utilisés sur d'autres chantiers, d'autre part.However, this requires space cylinders important and, if you want them to maintain the frame during all the time necessary for the elevation of the wall, involves a significant expenditure in energy, on the one hand, and a long-term immobilization of the jacks, when they could be used on other sites, on the other hand.

On préfère donc un mode de réalisation selon lequel les moyens commandés de poussée sont amovibles indépendamment des moyens de guidage qui, ainsi, peuvent être laissés en place pour accomplir leur fonction après une certaine course de levée de la charpente, lorsque le niveau désiré est atteint, pour permettre de démonter définitivement les moyens commandés de poussée et de les affecter à un autre chantier.We therefore prefer an embodiment according to which the controlled means of thrust are independently removable guide means which can thus be left in place to perform their function after a certain run lifting of the frame, when the desired level is reached, to allow to permanently dismantle the means commanded to push and assign them to another job site.

A cet effet, également, on prévoit que le dispositif selon l'invention comporte des moyens, indépendants des moyens de poussée, pour l'immobilisation provisoire de la console à au moins un niveau de levage déterminé par rapport aux moyens communs de raccordement.To this end, too, provision is made for the device according to the invention comprises means, independent of thrust means, for the temporary immobilization of the console at least one level of lift determined from to the common means of connection.

Ces moyens d'immobilisation provisoire de la console peuvent se présenter sous différents formes, en fonction de la conception des moyens de guidage.These means of temporary immobilization of the console can come in different forms, in depending on the design of the guide means.

Ainsi, dans un mode de réalisation selon lequel ces derniers comportent au moins une tige de guidage disposée suivant ladite direction et guidée à la translation suivant celle-ci par rapport aux moyens communs de raccordement et la console est solidaire de ladite tige de guidage, au nombre d'au moins une, les moyens d'immobilisation provisoire de la console comportent avantageusement des moyens d'immobilisation provisoire de la tige de guidage, au nombre d'au moins une, à l'encontre d'une translation suivant ladite direction par rapport aux moyens communs de raccordement. On peut par exemple prévoir à cet effet un clavetage au moyen de trous répartis le long de la tige de guidage et de trous prévus dans les moyens de raccordement par exemple constitués par le plateau de maintien précité ou dans la platine murale, ce qui, à la fois, produit une immobilisation provisoire particulièrement efficace, simple à réaliser puis à défaire, et nécessite peu d'organes supplémentaires, en pratique une simple goupille engagée dans des trous convenablement choisis des tiges de guidage et, simultanément, dans les trous des moyens de raccordement ou de la platine murale.So in one embodiment where these the latter have at least one guide rod arranged following said direction and guided to the following translation this in relation to the common means of connection and the console is integral with said guide rod, in number at least one, the means of temporary immobilization of the console advantageously include immobilization means provisional of the guide rod, at least in number one, against a translation in said direction compared to the common means of connection. We can by example provide for this purpose a keying by means of holes distributed along the guide rod and provided holes in the connection means for example constituted by the aforementioned holding plate or in the wall plate, this which, at the same time, produces a temporary immobilization particularly effective, simple to carry out then to undo, and requires few additional organs, in practice a single pin engaged in suitably selected holes guide rods and, simultaneously, in the holes of the connection means or wall plate.

Selon un autre mode de réalisation, selon lequel les moyens de guidage comportent au moins une tige de guidage disposée suivant ladite direction et immobilisée à l'encontre d'une translation suivant celle-ci par rapport aux moyens communs de raccordement, la console étant alors montée en translation suivant ladite direction sur la tige de guidage, au nombre d'au moins une, les moyens d'immobilisation provisoire de la console peuvent avantageusement comporter des moyens d'immobilisation provisoire de celle-ci à l'encontre d'une translation suivant ladite direction par rapport à la tige de guidage, au nombre d'au moins une. Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément que cette immobilisation provisoire peut s'effectuer par exemple également par clavetage, au moyen de trous répartis le long de la tige de guidage et de trous prévus dans la console, dans des conditions de simplicité et d'efficacité analogues à celles qui ont été décrites précédemment. Naturellement, dans un tel cas, on peut être obligé de faire traverser par les tiges de guidage la partie de construction reposant sur la charpente, notamment une toiture, mais ceci ne nécessite que l'aménagement de quelques passages localisés faciles à refermer ensuite, à savoir, dans l'exemple d'une toiture, le démontage de quelques éléments de couverture tels que des tuiles ou des ardoises, faciles à replacer ensuite.According to another embodiment, according to which the guide means comprise at least one guide rod arranged in said direction and immobilized against of a translation according to this with respect to the means common connection, the console then being mounted in translation in said direction on the guide rod, at least one, the means of immobilization the console may advantageously include means of temporarily immobilizing it against of a translation in said direction relative to the guide rod, at least one in number. A man of profession will easily understand that this temporary immobilization can also be done for example by keying, by means of holes distributed along the guide rod and holes provided in the console, in conditions of simplicity and efficiency analogous to those that have been previously described. Naturally, in such a case, we may have to pass through the guide rods the construction part resting on the frame, in particular a roof, but this only requires the installation of some localized passages easy to close again, know, in the example of a roof, the dismantling of some roofing elements such as tiles or slates, easy to replace afterwards.

Lorsque, selon le mode de réalisation décrit en dernier, la tige de guidage au nombre d'au moins une est fixe en translation par rapport aux moyens communs de raccordement, on peut prévoir que la tige de guidage porte solidairement, à l'opposé des moyens communs de raccordement par rapport à la console et à une distance des moyens communs de raccordement compatible avec une course maximale prédéterminée de levage de la toiture, un caisson de liaison avec des tirants de raccordement au caisson de liaison d'au moins un autre dispositif de levage. Cette disposition permet de raccorder entre elles les tiges de guidage de tout ou partie des dispositifs selon l'invention, répartis autour d'une charpente à lever et, en particulier, de constituer au moyen de tirants une ceinture statique reliant mutuellement les tiges de guidage de tous ces dispositifs, au-dessus de la charpente et de la partie de construction qu'elle porte, et créant avec ces tiges de guidage et avec les murs, par l'intermédiaire des platines murales, un ensemble rigide, de géométrie parfaitement déterminée, dans lequel les tiges de guidage restent bien parallèles entre elles pour éviter toute application de contrainte de traction ou de compression à la charpente au fur et à mesure que les consoles montent le long des tiges de guidage, et éviter ainsi toute déformation, voire tout dommage de la charpente et de la partie de construction qu'elle porte.When, according to the embodiment described in last, at least one guide rod is fixed in translation relative to the common connection means, provision may be made for the guide rod to bear integrally, opposite common means of connection by compared to the console and at a distance common means of connection compatible with a predetermined maximum stroke for lifting the roof, a connection box with tie rods for connection to the connection box of at least one other lifting device. This arrangement allows connect all or part of the guide rods together devices according to the invention, distributed around a framework to be lifted and, in particular, to constitute by means a static belt connecting each other guide rods of all these devices, above the frame and the construction part which it carries, and creating with these guide rods and with the walls, by through the wall plates, a rigid set of perfectly determined geometry, in which the rods of guide remain well parallel to each other to avoid any application of tensile or compressive stress to the frame as the consoles go up along guide rods, and thus avoid any deformation, or any damage to the frame and the part of construction it carries.

La constitution d'une telle ceinture statique est particulièrement efficace dans le cas des toitures à quatre pans, où il est facile de disposer tous les tirants horizontalement pour en faire un cadre rectangulaire, étant entendu qu'elle peut être également utilisée dans le cas d'autres conformations de la toiture.The constitution of such a static belt is particularly effective in the case of four-roofs sides, where it is easy to arrange all tie rods horizontally to make it a rectangular frame, being understood that it can also be used in the case of other roof conformations.

Indépendamment du mode de réalisation des moyens de guidage, on peut en outre prévoir que la console comporte des moyens de liaison mécanique avec la console d'au moins un autre dispositif de levage, par exemple sous la forme d'au moins un bras en porte-à-faux, perpendiculaire à ladite orientation et susceptible d'être placé dans le prolongement du bras de la console d'un autre dispositif de levage, suivant un alignement sensiblement horizontal et sensiblement parallèle à ladite surface, et raccordé rigidement à cet autre bras par une poutre rectiligne disposée suivant ledit alignement sensiblement horizontal. Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément que la poutre rectiligne reliant ainsi les consoles de deux dispositifs de levage selon l'invention, en pratique deux consoles voisines, puisse prendre appui sous la charpente au même titre que les consoles elles-mêmes, à savoir entre celles-ci, ce qui permet de répartir les appuis de la charpente et par conséquent d'éviter les déformations de celle-ci entre appuis. Pour éviter d'avoir recours, à cet effet, à des cales pour rattraper les éventuelles différences de niveau entre les consoles, on prévoit avantageusement que toute console comporte des moyens de réglage de niveau dudit bras, au nombre d'au moins un, suivant ladite direction.Regardless of the embodiment of the means of guidance, it can also be provided that the console includes mechanical connection means with the console of at least one other lifting device, for example in the form of at at least one cantilever arm, perpendicular to said orientation and likely to be placed in the extension the arm of the console of another lifting device, in a substantially horizontal alignment and substantially parallel to said surface, and rigidly connected to this other arm by a rectilinear beam disposed along said substantially horizontal alignment. A skilled person will easily understand that the rectilinear beam thus connecting the brackets of two lifting devices according to the invention, in practice two neighboring consoles, can take support under the frame in the same way as the consoles themselves, know between them, which allows to distribute the supports of the frame and therefore to avoid deformations of it between supports. To avoid having recourse to this indeed, to shims to make up for any differences level between the consoles, it is advantageously expected that any console includes means for adjusting the level of said arm, at least one in number, in said direction.

Il est bien entendu que, de préférence, chaque console peut comporter deux de ces bras, respectivement de part et d'autre des moyens de guidage, ce qui permet de disposer de cette continuité d'appui sur une partie aussi importante que possible du périmètre des murs.It is understood that, preferably, each console can have two of these arms, respectively on either side of the guide means, which allows have this continuity of support on a part also as large as possible from the perimeter of the walls.

Dans le cas des toitures à deux pentes, on peut obtenir cette répartition d'appui à la partie inférieure de chacune des deux pentes. On peut cependant la compléter le long des murs pignons et, le cas échéant, des murs de refend en prévoyant qu'une console puisse porter, le cas échéant, en plus d'un bras autorisant ainsi une liaison entre les consoles de dispositifs selon l'invention disposés en bas d'une pente de toit, un dispositif de liaison avec une ferme, notamment réglable, susceptible d'être rapportée sous la charpente le long d'un mur pignon ou d'un mur de refend et d'être raccordée, par un dispositif de liaison similaire, à la console d'au moins un autre dispositif de levage,ce qui permet de former une ceinture d'appui sur la totalité du périmètre de la toiture, cette ceinture étant dynamique en ce sens qu'elle monte avec les consoles pour maintenir un appui répartir de la charpente quel que soit le niveau de levage de la toiture. De préférence, la console comporte des moyens de réglage du niveau de ce dispositif de liaison suivant ladite direction et/ou des moyens de réglage d'orientation de ce dispositif de liaison autour d'un axe orienté suivant cette direction.In the case of two-slope roofs, you can get this support distribution at the bottom of each of the two slopes. However, it can be completed on along gable walls and, where applicable, cross walls by providing that a console can carry, if necessary, more than one arm thus authorizing a connection between the device consoles according to the invention arranged at the bottom a roof pitch, a connection device with a farm, in particular adjustable, capable of being brought under the frame along a gable wall or a cross wall and to be connected, by a similar connecting device, to the console of at least one other lifting device, which allows to form a support belt on the entire perimeter of the roof, this belt being dynamic in this sense that it goes up with the consoles to maintain a support distribute the frame whatever the lifting level of the roof. Preferably, the console includes means for adjustment of the level of this connecting device according to said direction and / or orientation adjustment means of this connecting device around an axis oriented along this direction.

Dans le cas d'une toiture à quatre pentes ou d'une toiture de forme complexe, en prévoyant que la console comporte en outre des moyens de réglage d'orientation dudit bras, au nombre d'au moins un, autour d'un axe orienté suivant ladite direction, et en prévoyant deux bras ainsi susceptibles d'être placés à 90° l'un par rapport à l'autre, notamment, on peut également former une telle ceinture dynamique d'appui sur la totalité du périmètre de la toiture.In the case of a four-pitched roof or a roof of complex shape, providing that the console further includes means for adjusting the orientation of said arms, at least one in number, around an oriented axis following said direction, and providing two arms as well likely to be placed at 90 ° to each other, in particular, one can also form such a belt dynamic support on the entire perimeter of the roof.

Dans le cas d'un plancher, on peut choisir l'une ou l'autre solution selon que, respectivement, la charpente repose sur seulement deux murs porteurs ou repose sur quatre murs porteurs.In the case of a floor, you can choose one or the other solution depending on whether, respectively, the frame rests on only two load-bearing walls or rests on four load-bearing walls.

Dans tous les cas, il est bien entendu qu'on limite l'installation de dispositifs selon l'invention à des murs porteurs, qu'il s'agisse de murs extérieurs ou de murs de refend.In all cases, it is understood that we limit installation of devices according to the invention on walls load-bearing, whether external walls or walls of split.

De préférence, pour faciliter l'établissement de cet appui réparti de la charpente, on prévoit que la console comporte des moyens d'adaptation à la conformation de l'élément de charpente qu'elle doit porter, ces moyens d'adaptation étant avantageusement propres à permettre l'utilisation d'un dispositif de levage selon l'invention non seulement à la partie inférieure des pentes d'une toiture ou sous un plancher mais également sur des murs pignons, dans le cas des toitures à deux pentes, ou sur des murs de refend.Preferably, to facilitate the establishment of this distributed support of the frame, it is expected that the console includes means of adaptation to the conformation of the structural element that it must carry, these means of adaptation being advantageously suitable for allowing the use of a lifting device according to the invention not only at the bottom of the slopes of a roof or under a floor but also on gable walls, in the case of roofs with two slopes, or on cross walls.

Dans tous les cas, l'appui des consoles, des bras en porte-à-faux de celles-ci, des parties raccordant mutuel< lement ces bras, et des moyens d'adaptation précités, sous la charpente, peut être direct si la conformation de la charpente s'y prête, de même qu'il peut être indirect et s'effectuer par l'intermédiaire de poutres rigides longeant, dans l'exemple de toitures quelles qu'elles soient, les pannes sablières et, dans le cas de toitures à deux pentes, les arbalétriers. En outre, cet appui peut s'effectuer par l'intermédiaire d'un coussin d'un matériau élastiquement compressible tel qu'un caoutchouc naturel ou synthétique, lui conférant une certaine souplesse permettant de compenser les tolérances dans la géométrie de la charpente, dans le positionnement des dispositifs de levage et dans leur synchronisation.In all cases, the support of the consoles, arms cantilevered from these, parts connecting mutual < these arms, and the aforementioned means of adaptation, under the frame, can be direct if the conformation of the frame lends itself to it, just as it can be indirect and take place through rigid beams running along, in the example of roofs whatever they are, breakdowns sand pits and, in the case of two-slope roofs, the crossbowmen. In addition, this support can be carried out by through a cushion of an elastically material compressible such as natural or synthetic rubber, it providing flexibility to compensate for tolerances in the geometry of the frame, in the positioning of the lifting devices and their synchronization.

Par ailleurs, si aucun réglage de niveau, c'est-à-dire aucune correction fine de l'horizontalité de l'axe de basculement du plateau de maintien, n'est prévu pour ce dispositif de levage, il est nécessaire de prévoir un accrochage très précis de la platine murale en vérifiant que le bord supérieur de celle-ci est parfaitement horizontal, ce qui n'est pas toujours possible dans la pratique. A cet effet, l'invention concerne également un mode de réalisation plus élaboré, dans lequel le dispositif de levage est agencé pour permettre un réglage de niveau, tout en simplifiant la structure générale du dispositif, afin d'en diminuer le poids et le coût de fabrication.In addition, if no level adjustment, i.e. no fine correction of the horizontality of the axis of tilting of the holding plate, is not provided for this lifting device, it is necessary to provide a very precise hanging of the wall plate, checking that the upper edge of it is perfectly horizontal, this which is not always possible in practice. In this indeed, the invention also relates to an embodiment more elaborate, in which the lifting device is arranged to allow level adjustment, while simplifying the general structure of the device, in order to reduce its weight and the manufacturing cost.

Il est ainsi prévu un mode de réalisation avantageux du dispositif de levage précité, selon lequel ledit dispositif de levage comporte en outre les moyens de réglage d'aplomb selon l'orientation identique précitée des moyens de guidage et des moyens commandés de poussée, et des moyens de réglage de niveau, lesdits moyens de réglage d'aplomb et de niveau reliant les moyens d'appui aux moyens communs de raccordement.An advantageous embodiment is thus provided. of the aforementioned lifting device, according to which said lifting device further comprises adjustment means plumb according to the aforementioned identical orientation of the means of guidance and controlled means of thrust, and means of level adjustment, said plumb adjustment and level linking support means to common means of connection.

Ces moyens de réglage d'aplomb de niveau permettent ainsi un positionnement très précis des moyens de guidage et de poussée de chaque dispositif de levage, assurant une verticalité parfaite de ces moyens, de sorte que le levage proprement dit peut être réalisé avec une totale fiabilité par la mise en oeuvre simultanée de tous les dispositifs de levage.These level adjustment means allow thus very precise positioning of the guide means and thrust of each lifting device, ensuring perfect verticality of these means, so that the lifting proper can be achieved with total reliability by the simultaneous use of all the lifting.

De préférence, les moyens d'appui comportent une platine intermédiaire d'appui montée pour coulisser selon une direction sensiblement verticale dans une glissière solidaire de la platine murale, ladite platine intermédiaire présentant des moyens de fixation des moyens de réglage d'aplomb et de niveau. Le montage coulissant de la platine intermédiaire d'appui permet en particulier un réglage initial précis de la hauteur de base des moyens d'appui, et la platine intermédiaire d'appui réalisée indépendante de la platine murale permet aussi de simplifier le montage et le démontage du dispositif.Preferably, the support means comprise a intermediate support plate mounted to slide in a substantially vertical direction in an integral slide of the wall plate, said intermediate plate having means for fixing the plumb adjustment and level. Sliding mounting of the intermediate plate in particular allows precise initial adjustment of the base height of the support means, and the intermediate plate support made independent of the wall plate also simplifies the assembly and disassembly of the device.

Avantageusement alors, la platine intermédiaire d'appui est suspendue par une tige filetée à une traverse de la platine murale, de façon à permettre un réglage fin de hauteur pour ladite platine intermédiaire d'appui, et la platine murale présente supérieurement une équerre pour permettre un appui direct de ladite platine murale sur un chaínage du mur.Advantageously then, the intermediate plate support is suspended by a threaded rod from a cross the wall plate, so as to allow fine adjustment of height for said intermediate support plate, and the wall plate has a bracket above allow direct support of said wall plate on a wall chain.

De préférence encore, les moyens de fixation sont agencés pour permettre un pivotement des moyens de réglage autour d'un axe susceptible d'être disposé horizontalement et parallèlement à la surface du mur.More preferably, the fixing means are arranged to allow pivoting of the adjustment means around an axis capable of being arranged horizontally and parallel to the wall surface.

Il est également intéressant que les moyens communs de raccordement comportent un plateau de maintien sur lequel sont en appui les moyens de guidage et les moyens commandés de poussée, et que ce plateau de maintien soit traversé par les moyens de réglage d'aplomb et de niveau, en présentant en particulier des ouvertures oblongues de passage associées autorisant les débattements angulaires correspondant aux réglages d'aplomb et de niveau.It is also interesting that the common means connection include a holding plate on which the guide means and the controlled means are supported thrust, and that this holding plate is crossed by the plumb and level adjustment means, presenting in particular of the associated oblong passage openings authorizing the angular deflections corresponding to the plumb and level settings.

Conformément à un mode d'exécution particulier, les moyens de réglage d'aplomb et de niveau comportent un axe fileté sur lequel se visse un fourreau de réglage.In accordance with a particular embodiment, the plumb and level adjustment means have an axis threaded on which an adjustment sleeve is screwed.

Avantageusement alors, l'axe fileté des moyens de réglage d'aplomb est solidaire d'une tête cylindrique reçue dans un profilé creux formant les moyens de fixation associés de la platine intermédiaire d'appui, et l'axe fileté des moyens de réglage de niveau est solidaire d'une tête d'articulation reliée de façon articulée à la platine intermédiaire d'appui par un tenon qui traverse des équerres formant les moyens de fixation associés de ladite platine intermédiaire d'appui.Advantageously then, the threaded axis of the means of plumb adjustment is integral with a cylindrical head received in a hollow profile forming the associated fixing means of the intermediate support plate, and the threaded axis of level adjustment means is integral with a hinge head articulated connection to the intermediate plate of support by a tenon which crosses squares forming the associated fixing means of said intermediate plate support.

De préférence enfin, chaque fourreau de réglage présente une tête d'extrémité passant par les ouvertures oblongues précitées et formant organe de manoeuvre pour effectuer les réglages correspondants.Preferably finally, each adjustment sheath has an end head passing through the openings aforementioned oblongs and forming an operating member for make the corresponding settings.

D'autres caractéristiques et avantages de l'invention apparaítront plus clairement à la lumière de la description qui va suivre et des dessins annexés, concernant des modes de réalisation particuliers, en référence aux figures où :

  • La figure 1 montre, en une vue en perspective, l'ensemble formé par une platine murale, fixée en position d'utilisation sur un mur, et un plateau de maintien monté sur cette platine murale, également en position d'utilisation.
  • Les figures 2 et 3 montrent, en des vues en perspective, respectivement la platine murale et le plateau de maintien également dans leur position d'utilisation.
  • La figure 4 montre, en une vue en perspective, l'utilisation de dispositifs selon l'invention pour effectuer le levage d'une toiture à deux pentes, dont seule la charpente correspondant à une pente a été illustrée, et ceci en position basse, c'est-à-dire avant levage ; cette figure ne montre que deux dispositifs selon l'invention, mais il est bien entendu que de tels dispositifs sont répartis en un nombre supérieur d'exemplaires tout autour de la toiture à lever.
  • La figure 5 montre un détail de la figure 4.
  • La figure 6 montre le même détail sous une orientation différente.
  • La figure 7 illustre, en une vue analogue à celle de la figure 4, l'étape finale du levage de la toiture, occupant ainsi une position haute.
  • La figure 8 illustre, en une vue en perspective, l'utilisation de dispositifs selon l'invention pour le levage d'une toiture à quatre pentes, dont seule la charpente a été illustrée.
  • La figure 9 montre un détail de la figure 8.
  • La figure 10 illustre un mode particulier de réalisation d'une console de levage, adaptable à diverses configurations de charpente.
  • La figure 11 montre, en une vue en perspective, un autre mode d'utilisation de dispositifs selon l'invention pour effectuer le levage d'une toiture à quatre pentes ; seuls deux de ces dispositifs ont été illustrés, mais d'autres sont répartis autour de la toiture, dans les mêmes conditions que dans le cas du mode d'utilisation illustré à la figure 8.
  • La figure 12 montre, en une vue en perspective, un accessoire intermédiaire de fixation de la platine murale sur un mur, utilisable facultativement.
  • Les figures 13 à 15 montrent, en des vues en perspective correspondant à des détails de la figure 4 ou de la figure 7, des dispositifs de liaison entre une console d'un dispositif selon l'invention et une ferme, notamment réglable, rapportée sous la charpente au niveau d'un mur pignon dans le cas d'une toiture à deux pentes, de façon illustrée, ou d'un mur de refend d'une toiture à deux ou quatre pentes , de façon non illustrée mais similaire.
  • Les figures 16 et 17 montrent, en des vues en perspective, deux modes de liaison entre un entrait et un arbalétrier de ladite ferme rapportée, et une panne intermédiaire de la charpente.
  • La figure 18 illustre en vue frontale une variante du dispositif de levage selon laquelle il est notamment prévu des moyens de réglage de niveau, les colonnes de guidage étant ici coupées pour mieux distinguer la structure de la platine murale, et la console de levage coulissant sur ces deux tiges n'étant illustrée que schématiquement en contact avec le bord inférieur (symbolisé en traits mixtes) de la charpente à lever.
  • La figure 19 est une coupe selon XIX-XIX de la figure 18, permettant de mieux distinguer l'agencement des moyens de réglage d'aplomb et de maintien.
  • La figure 20 est une coupe selon XX-XX de la figure 19, illustrant notamment de façon schématique deux types d'agencements possibles de vérins constituant les moyens commandés de poussée.
  • La figure 21 est une vue en perspective éclatée permettant de mieux distinguer les composants du dispositif de levage des figures 18 à 20.
Other characteristics and advantages of the invention will appear more clearly in the light of the description which follows and of the appended drawings, relating to particular embodiments, with reference to the figures in which:
  • Figure 1 shows, in a perspective view, the assembly formed by a wall plate, fixed in the position of use on a wall, and a retaining plate mounted on this wall plate, also in the position of use.
  • Figures 2 and 3 show, in perspective views, respectively the wall plate and the holding plate also in their position of use.
  • FIG. 4 shows, in a perspective view, the use of devices according to the invention for lifting a roof with two slopes, of which only the frame corresponding to a slope has been illustrated, and this in the low position, that is to say before lifting; this figure shows only two devices according to the invention, but it is understood that such devices are distributed in a greater number of copies all around the roof to be lifted.
  • Figure 5 shows a detail of Figure 4.
  • Figure 6 shows the same detail in a different orientation.
  • Figure 7 illustrates, in a view similar to that of Figure 4, the final step of lifting the roof, thus occupying a high position.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates, in a perspective view, the use of devices according to the invention for lifting a roof with four slopes, of which only the framework has been illustrated.
  • Figure 9 shows a detail of Figure 8.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a particular embodiment of a lifting console, adaptable to various frame configurations.
  • FIG. 11 shows, in a perspective view, another mode of use of devices according to the invention for carrying out the lifting of a roof with four slopes; only two of these devices have been illustrated, but others are distributed around the roof, under the same conditions as in the case of the mode of use illustrated in FIG. 8.
  • Figure 12 shows, in a perspective view, an intermediate accessory for fixing the wall plate on a wall, optionally usable.
  • Figures 13 to 15 show, in perspective views corresponding to details of Figure 4 or Figure 7, connecting devices between a console of a device according to the invention and a farm, including adjustable, reported under the frame at the level of a gable wall in the case of a roof with two slopes, in an illustrated manner, or of a cross wall of a roof with two or four slopes, in a manner not illustrated but similar.
  • Figures 16 and 17 show, in perspective views, two modes of connection between a beam and a crossbowman of said attached farm, and an intermediate failure of the frame.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates in front view a variant of the lifting device according to which level adjustment means are in particular provided, the guide columns being here cut to better distinguish the structure of the wall plate, and the lifting console sliding on these two rods being illustrated only schematically in contact with the lower edge (symbolized in phantom) of the frame to be lifted.
  • Figure 19 is a section along XIX-XIX of Figure 18, to better distinguish the arrangement of the plumb adjustment and holding means.
  • Figure 20 is a section along XX-XX of Figure 19, illustrating in particular schematically two types of possible arrangements of cylinders constituting the controlled means of thrust.
  • FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view making it possible to better distinguish the components of the lifting device of FIGS. 18 to 20.

Pour des raisons de commodité, les différents composants d'un dispositif selon l'invention seront décrits en référence à la position qu'ils occupent, dans la limite de tolérances admissibles, lorsqu'ils sont en cours d'utilisation en vue du levage d'une toiture, où l'on entend par toiture non seulement des éléments de couverture mais également la charpente qui les porte. Il est bien entendu que la présente invention s'applique également au levage d'autres parties d'une construction munies d'une charpente, par exemple à des planchers, moyennant des adaptations relevant des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier.For reasons of convenience, the different components of a device according to the invention will be described with reference to the position they occupy, within the limit of allowable tolerances, when in use for lifting a roof, where by roofing not only roofing elements but also the frame that carries them. It is understood that the present invention also applies to the lifting of other parts of a structure with a framework, for example example to floors, with relevant adaptations normal skills of a skilled person.

Dans toutes les applications illustrées, les dispositifs selon l'invention notés 63, utilisés en tout nombre requis pour répartir au mieux les efforts de levage, comportent avantageusement une platine murale 1 identique et un plateau 42 de maintien identique, qui vont être décrits en premier lieu en référence aux figures 1 à 3.In all the applications illustrated, the devices according to the invention denoted 63, used in all number required to distribute the lifting efforts as well as possible, advantageously comprise an identical wall plate 1 and an identical holding plate 42, which will be described in first place with reference to Figures 1 to 3.

Dans son mode de réalisation illustré, la platine murale 1 comporte une plaque verticale 2 de fixation au mur 3, cette plaque 2 étant délimitée par deux faces planes 4, 5, mutuellement parallèles et verticales, dont la première est accolée à une surface 112 approximativement verticale, notamment mais non exclusivement une face extérieure, du mur 3. Ces deux faces 4, 5 sont par exemple carrées, et raccordées mutuellement par un chant 6 présentant deux zones verticales, ou bords verticaux de la plaque 2, et deux zones horizontales, ou bords horizontaux de la plaque 2, utilisables avantageusement pour régler l'orientation et le niveau de la platine murale 1 lorsqu'on la fixe au mur 3, de telle sorte que les bords horizontaux, respectivement supérieur et inférieur, des plaques 2 de fixation des platines 1 correspondant à l'ensemble des dispositifs selon l'invention répartis autour d'une toiture soient respectivement disposés suivant un même plan horizontal. La fixation de la plaque 2 au mur 3 est amovible et par exemple assurée par le vissage à travers des trous 7 la traversant de part en part, perpendiculairement à ses faces 4 et 5, et disposés par exemple au quatre coins de la plaque 2.In its illustrated embodiment, the plate wall 1 has a vertical plate 2 for fixing to the wall 3, this plate 2 being delimited by two flat faces 4, 5, mutually parallel and vertical, the first of which is attached to an approximately vertical surface 112, notably but not exclusively an exterior face of the wall 3. These two faces 4, 5 are for example square, and connected mutually by a song 6 presenting two zones vertical, or vertical edges of plate 2, and two areas horizontal, or horizontal edges of plate 2, usable advantageously to adjust the orientation and level of the wall plate 1 when it is fixed to the wall 3, such so that the horizontal edges, respectively upper and lower, plates 2 for fixing the plates 1 corresponding to all of the devices according to the invention distributed around a roof are respectively arranged along the same horizontal plane. Fixing the plate 2 to wall 3 is removable and for example provided by screwing through holes 7 passing right through it, perpendicularly at its faces 4 and 5, and arranged for example at four corners of the plate 2.

En général, la face 5 s'applique dans son intégralité sur la surface 112 et y est ainsi fixée mais, dans le cas d'un dispositif 63 implanté à proximité d'un angle sortant du mur 3, elle peut ne s'appliquer et se fixer sur la surface 112 que sur une partie de son étendue, et s'appliquer et se fixer par ailleurs sur une cornière 113 prolongeant celle-ci et elle-même fixée au mur 3, comme on l'a illustré aux figures 4, 5, 7.In general, side 5 applies in its entirety on the surface 112 and is thus fixed there, but in the case of a device 63 implanted near an angle coming out of wall 3, it may not apply and be fixed on the surface 112 only over part of its extent, and apply and also be fixed on an angle 113 extending this and itself fixed to the wall 3, as illustrated in Figures 4, 5, 7.

Au lieu d'être fixée directement au mur 3 par vissage à travers les trous 7, notamment lorsque la zone du mur 3 à laquelle s'accole la plaque 2 ne présente pas une résistance mécanique suffisante à cet effet, la plaque 2 peut également être fixée au mur 3 par l'intermédiaire d'un accessoire ou gabarit de fixation 115, illustré à la figure 12, lequel permet de répartir la charge de la platine murale 1 et, par son intermédiaire, de l'ensemble du dispositif 63 et de la part correspondante de la toiture à lever, sur des zones plus résistantes mécaniquement et notamment sur le chaínage haut et, selon une variante, le chaínage bas du mur, ou encore sur des poteaux de celui-ci.Instead of being fixed directly to the wall 3 by screwing through the holes 7, especially when the area of the wall 3 to which plate 2 is attached does not have a sufficient mechanical strength for this purpose, plate 2 can also be fixed to wall 3 via a accessory or fixing template 115, illustrated in the figure 12 which distributes the load on the wall plate 1 and, through it, the entire device 63 and the corresponding part of the roof to be lifted, on more mechanically resistant areas, especially on the high chain and, according to a variant, the low chain of the wall, or on poles of it.

La figure 12 illustre deux variantes de réalisation du gabarit de fixation 115, dont l'une est représentée en trait plein et dont l'autre comporte, par rapport à la première, des compléments illustrés en trait mixte, le gabarit 115 étant dans l'un et l'autre cas réalisé sous la forme d'un treillis plat rigide, par exemple métallique ou en matériau composite, définissant notamment une face plane 208 par laquelle le gabarit 115 est accolé à plat à la surface 112 du mur 3, dans une position déterminée d'utilisation dans laquelle il est fixé de façon amovible à celui-ci et dans laquelle le gabarit 115 va être décrit à présent.Figure 12 illustrates two alternative embodiments of the fixing template 115, one of which is shown in solid line and the other has, compared to the first, complements illustrated in dashed line, the gauge 115 being in both cases produced under the form of a rigid flat mesh, for example metallic or composite material, in particular defining a flat face 208 by which the template 115 is attached flat to the surface 112 from wall 3, in a determined position of use in which it is removably attached to it and in which the template 115 will now be described.

Dans la variante de réalisation illustrée en trait plein, destinée à assurer la suspension de la platine murale 1, et avec elle de l'ensemble du dispositif 63, au chaínage haut non représenté du mur 3, le gabarit 115 comporte deux montants rectilignes 116, mutuellement parallèles, verticaux et respectivement accolés à la surface 112 du mur 3 si l'on se réfère à la position prédéterminée d'utilisation du gabarit 115.In the variant illustrated in line full, intended to suspend the wall plate 1, and with it the entire device 63, in the chain top not shown of the wall 3, the template 115 comprises two rectilinear uprights 116, mutually parallel, vertical and respectively attached to the surface 112 of the wall 3 if one refers to the predetermined position of use of the template 115.

En référence à cette position prédéterminée, les deux montants 116 comportent un tronçon d'extrémité supérieur 117 respectif placé à un niveau supérieur à celui de la platine murale 1 et destiné à la fixation du gabarit 115 sur le chaínage haut du mur 3. A cet effet, les deux montants 116 sont percés, dans leur tronçon d'extrémité supérieure 117, de trous 118 de passage pour des vis de fixation au chaínage haut, lesquels trous sont prévus en plusieurs exemplaires répartis le long de chacun des tronçons 117, dans le sens de la hauteur, et orientés perpendiculairement à la face 208 du gabarit 115, définie notamment par les deux montants 116.With reference to this predetermined position, the two uprights 116 have an upper end section 117 respective placed at a level higher than that of the wall plate 1 and intended for fixing template 115 to the top chain of the wall 3. For this purpose, the two uprights 116 are pierced, in their upper end section 117, with 118 holes for fixing screws to the chain top, which holes are provided in several copies distributed along each of the sections 117, in the direction of the height, and oriented perpendicular to the face 208 of the gauge 115, defined in particular by the two uprights 116.

Vers le bas, chaque montant 116 présente en outre un tronçon d'extrémité inférieure 119, lequel est destiné à s'appuyer librement, à plat, contre la face 112 du mur 3.Downwards, each upright 116 further presents a lower end section 119, which is intended for lean freely, flat, against the face 112 of the wall 3.

Entre leurs tronçons d'extrémité supérieure 117 et d'extrémité inférieure 119, les deux montants 116 présentent des tronçons intermédiaires 120 entretoisés par deux traverses horizontales, respectivement supérieure 121, à la jonction avec les tronçons d'extrémité supérieure 117, et inférieure 122, à la jonction avec les tronçons d'extrémité inférieure 119, et par une contrefiche 123 raccordant la jonction de l'un des montants 116 avec la traverse supérieure 121 à la jonction de l'un des autres montants 116 avec la traverse inférieure 122. De préférence, la contrefiche 123 et les deux traverses 121, 122 définissent avec les deux montants 116 la face plane 208 accolée à plat à la face 112 du mur 3 lorsque le gabarit 115 est fixé contre ce dernier, ainsi qu'une autre face plane 209 parallèle à la face 208 et par conséquent orientée identiquement à la face 112 du mur 3.Between their upper end sections 117 and lower end 119, the two uprights 116 have intermediate sections 120 braced by two sleepers horizontal, respectively greater 121, to the junction with the upper end sections 117, and lower 122, at the junction with the end sections lower 119, and by a strut 123 connecting the junction of one of the uprights 116 with the upper crossmember 121 at the junction of one of the other uprights 116 with the lower cross member 122. Preferably, the strut 123 and the two crosspieces 121, 122 define with the two uprights 116 the flat face 208 attached flat to the face 112 of the wall 3 when the template 115 is fixed against the latter, as well as another planar face 209 parallel to the face 208 and consequently oriented identically to the face 112 of the wall 3.

Les deux traverses 121 et 122 sont espacées, verticalement, d'une distance voisine de celle qui sépare les bords horizontaux, respectivement supérieur et inférieur, de la plaque 2, et chacune d'entre elles porte solidairement, en saillie sur la face 209, une glissière horizontale respective 124, 125, définissant avec cette face 209 une gorge horizontale respective 126, 127. La gorge 126 correspondant à la traverse supérieure 121 est ouverte vers le bas et la gorge 127 correspondant à la traverse inférieure 122 est ouverte vers le haut, les deux gorges 126, 127 étant en outre ouvertes de part et d'autres selon une direction horizontale parallèle à la face 209 du gabarit 115. Les deux gorges 126, 127 sont positionnées, l'une par rapport à l'autre, et dimensionnées de telle sorte que l'on puisse y introduire, par un coulissement horizontal parallèle à la face 209 et sans jeu, à l'exception d'un jeu fonctionnel autorisant un tel coulissement respectivement une zone marginale de la plaque 2 jouxtant le bord horizontal supérieur de celle-ci ainsi que ce bord horizontal supérieur lui-même et une zone marginale de la plaque 2 jouxtant le bord inférieur horizontal de celle-ci ainsi que ce bord horizontal lui-même, alors que la face 4 de la plaque 2 est verticale et glisse, à plat, contre la face 209 du gabarit 115. Les gorges 126 et 127 retiennent la plaque 2 à l'encontre d'un mouvement dans toutes directions, à l'exception d'une direction horizontale parallèle à la face 209, notamment dans une position de la plaque 2 illustrée en trait mixte à la figure 12, position dans laquelle ses bords supérieur et inférieur sont horizontaux, ses bords verticaux sont mutuellement symétriques par rapport à un plan moyen non référencé du gabarit 115, lequel est vertical et forme un plan de symétrie mutuelle pour les deux montants 116, et sa face 4 s'appuie à plat contre la face 209 du gabarit 115, entre les deux glissières 124 et 125, en étant parallèle à la face 112 du mur 3 du fait de la conformation et de l'orientation des gorges 126 et 127, et plus précisément s'appuie à plat contre les tronçons intermédiaires 120 des deux montants 116 , contre les deux traverses 121 et 122 et contre la contrefiche 123 qui ainsi, assurent un intermédiaire d'appui de la plaque 2 à plat contre la face 112 du mur 3.The two crosspieces 121 and 122 are spaced, vertically, from a distance close to that which separates the horizontal edges, respectively upper and lower, of plate 2, and each of them carries integrally, in protrusion on the face 209, a respective horizontal slide 124, 125, defining with this face 209 a horizontal groove respective 126, 127. The groove 126 corresponding to the upper cross member 121 is open downwards and the groove 127 corresponding to the lower cross member 122 is open upwards, the two grooves 126, 127 also being open on both sides in a horizontal direction parallel to the face 209 of the template 115. The two grooves 126, 127 are positioned, one with respect to the other, and dimensioned so that we can introduce it, by a horizontal slide parallel to the face 209 and without play, with the exception of a functional play allowing a such sliding respectively a marginal area of the plate 2 adjoining the upper horizontal edge thereof as well as this upper horizontal edge itself and an area edge of plate 2 adjoining the horizontal bottom edge of it as well as this horizontal edge itself, then that the face 4 of the plate 2 is vertical and slides, flat, against the face 209 of the template 115. The grooves 126 and 127 retain plate 2 against movement in all directions except a horizontal direction parallel to face 209, in particular in a position of the plate 2 illustrated in phantom in Figure 12, position in which its upper and lower edges are horizontal, its vertical edges are mutually symmetrical by compared to an unreferenced average plane of the gauge 115, which is vertical and forms a plane of mutual symmetry for two uprights 116, and its face 4 rests flat against the face 209 of the template 115, between the two slides 124 and 125, being parallel to the face 112 of the wall 3 due to the conformation and orientation of grooves 126 and 127, and more precisely rests flat against the intermediate sections 120 of the two uprights 116, against the two crosspieces 121 and 122 and against the strut 123 which thus ensure an intermediary for supporting the plate 2 flat against the face 112 of the wall 3.

Pour s'opposer, de façon amovible, à ce que la plaque 2 ainsi positionnée échappe aux glissières 124, 125 par un coulissement horizontal, parallèle à la face 209, les deux glissières 124, 125 présentent des trous 128 disposés identiquement aux trous 7 de telle sorte que, lorsque la plaque 2 occupe la position illustrée à la figure 2, chacun de ces trous 128 coïncide avec un trou 7 respectif de telle sorte que l'on puisse engager dans les trous ainsi coïncidants une goupille ou tout autre dispositif d'immobilisation amovible de la plaque 2 par rapport aux glissières 124 et 125.To releasably object to the plate 2 thus positioned escapes from the slides 124, 125 by a horizontal sliding, parallel to the face 209, the two slides 124, 125 have holes 128 arranged identically to holes 7 so that when the plate 2 occupies the position illustrated in Figure 2, each of these holes 128 coincides with a respective hole 7 of such so that we can engage in the coincident holes a pin or other immobilizer removable from the plate 2 relative to the slides 124 and 125.

Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément que l'utilisation du gabarit 115 permette de disposer la plaque 2 en des emplacements d'un mur 3 ne présentant pas en eux-mêmes la résistance mécanique nécessaire à un ancrage direct de cette plaque 2 par des vis engagés dans les trous 7 de celle-ci. Un Homme du métier comprendra également aisément que les gabarits 115 puissent être réalisés sous une forme beaucoup plus légère que la platine murale 1, et puissent être par conséquent beaucoup plus facilement être positionnés rigoureusement de telle sorte que les gorges 126 et 127 soient horizontales avant d'être fixées au mur 3, le positionnement rigoureux de la platine murale 1 résultant ensuite simplement de l'engagement de sa plaque 2 dans les deux gorges 126 et 127 avant son immobilisation dans celle-ci par goupillage, ou analogue, des trous coïncidants 128 et 7.A skilled person will readily understand that the use of the template 115 allows the plate 2 to be arranged in locations of a wall 3 which do not in themselves present the mechanical resistance necessary for direct anchoring of this plate 2 by screws engaged in the holes 7 thereof. A Those skilled in the art will also readily understand that templates 115 can be made in a lot form lighter than wall plate 1, and can be therefore much easier to be rigorously positioned so that grooves 126 and 127 are horizontal before being fixed to the wall 3, positioning rigorous of wall plate 1 then simply resulting of the engagement of its plate 2 in the two grooves 126 and 127 before it is immobilized therein by pinning, or analogous, coincident holes 128 and 7.

L'autre variante de réalisation du gabarit 115 illustrée à la figure 12 reprend les éléments de celui-ci qui viennent d'être décrits mais les tronçons d'extrémité inférieure 119 des deux montants 116 se prolongent verticalement, de façon simplement schématisée en trait mixte à la figure 12, jusqu'au niveau d'un chaínage inférieur non représenté du mur 3, en étant rigidifié par des traverses horizontales et des contrefiches obliques, en tout point comparables respectivement aux traverses 121 et 122 et à la contrefiche 123. Les tronçons d'extrémité inférieure 119 ainsi prolongés présentent, à un niveau correspondant à celui du chaínage bas du mur 3, des trous en tout point comparables aux trous 118, répartis comme ces derniers dans le sens de la hauteur, pour recevoir des vis de fixation au chaínage bas du mur 3. Cette fixation s'ajoute à la fixation au chaínage haut de celui-ci, ce qui rigidifie l'appui de la platine murale 1 sur le mur 3 par l'intermédiaire du gabarit 115.The other variant of the template 115 illustrated in Figure 12 shows the elements of it which just described but the lower end sections 119 of the two uprights 116 extend vertically, simply shown schematically in phantom in the figure 12, to the level of a lower chain not shown in the wall 3, being rigidified by horizontal crosspieces and oblique struts, fully comparable respectively at crosspieces 121 and 122 and at strut 123. The lower end sections 119 thus extended present, at a level corresponding to that of the low chain from wall 3, holes at all points comparable to holes 118, distributed like these in the direction of the height, for receive fixing screws to the bottom chain of the wall 3. This attachment is added to the attachment to the top chain thereof, which stiffens the support of the wall plate 1 on the wall 3 through the template 115.

Naturellement, d'autres modes de réalisation d'un tel gabarit peuvent être choisis sans que l'on sorte pour autant du cadre de la présente invention.Naturally, other embodiments of a such template can be chosen without leaving for as much of the scope of the present invention.

Sur sa face 5, la plaque 2 présente solidairement, en porte-à-faux, un berceau 8 plat, horizontal, étayé vis-à-vis de la platine murale 1 par des goussets 9 et des contrefiches 10 et faisant lui aussi partie de la platine murale 1. Lorsqu'il est vu en plan, c'est-à-dire suivant une direction verticale, le berceau 8 présente une forme générale rectangulaire, dont l'un des grands côtés est défini par sa jonction avec la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2 et dont les autres côtés sont définis par un chant 11 formé de facettes planes, verticales et perpendiculaires deux à deux, non référencées. Vers le bas, le berceau 8 est délimité par une face inférieure 12 de forme indifférente, et par exemple plane et horizontale alors que, vers le haut, il est délimité par une face supérieure 13 qui, tout en présentant une conformation générale plate et une orientation générale horizontale, présente une forme concave qui va être décrite à présent.On its face 5, the plate 2 has integrally, cantilevered, a flat, horizontal cradle 8, propped opposite of the wall plate 1 by gussets 9 and struts 10 and also part of the wall plate 1. When viewed in plan, i.e. in a direction vertical, the cradle 8 has a generally rectangular shape, one of whose long sides is defined by its junction with the face 5 of the fixing plate 2 and of which the others sides are defined by an edge 11 formed of planar facets, vertical and perpendicular two by two, not referenced. Downwards, the cradle 8 is delimited by a lower face 12 of indifferent shape, for example planar and horizontal while, upwards, it is delimited by a upper face 13 which, while having a conformation general flat and general horizontal orientation, has a concave shape which will now be described.

Le long du chant 11, cette face supérieure 13 présente la forme d'un bord 14 plan, horizontal, délimité d'une part par le chant 11 et d'autre part par un épaulement 15 parallèle au chant 11, c'est-à-dire défini comme lui par des facettes planes, verticales et perpendiculaires deux à deux, et définissant comme lui un plan rectangulaire avec la face 5 de la platine murale 1. L'épaulement 15 se raccorde au bord 14 vers le haut alors qu'il se raccorde vers le bas à trois pans 16, 17, 18 de la face supérieure 13 en définissant un rebord autour de l'ensemble formé par ces pans 16, 17, 18 avec la face 5 de la platine murale 1. Le pan 16 est plan, horizontal, et longe la face 5 de la platine murale 1. Il est rectangulaire, l'un de ses grands côtés étant défini par son raccordement avec la face 5 et ses deux petits côtés étant définis par son raccordement avec l'épaulement 15, et il se raccorde par son deuxième grand côté, dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à la face 5 de la platine murale 1, perpendiculairement à cette face 5, au pan 17 qui présente quant à lui une forme concave, et plus précisément la forme d'une partie de cylindre de révolution autour d'un axe horizontal 19, parallèle à la face 5 de la platine murale 1 et situé du même côté de celle-ci que le berceau 8, au-dessus de celui-ci. Le développement angulaire du pan 17, en référence à l'axe 19, est inférieur à 180°, et par exemple de l'ordre de 45°, équitablement réparti de part et d'autre d'un plan vertical 20 incluant l'axe 19, c'est-à-dire également parallèle à la face 5 de la platine murale 1. Le pan 17 présente ainsi également, lorsqu'il est vu en plan, une forme rectangulaire dont un grand côté est défini par son raccordement avec le pan 16, le long d'un grand côté de celle-ci, et les deux petits côtés par son raccordement avec l'épaulement 15. Par son autre grand côté, dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à la face 5 de la platine murale 1, perpendiculairement à cette face 5, le pan 17 se raccorde au pan 18 qui est plan et coplanaire avec le pan 16, et présente, lorsqu'il est vu en plan, une forme rectangulaire dont un grand côté est défini par son raccordement avec le pan 17 alors que l'autre grand côté ainsi que les deux petits côtés sont définis par son raccordement avec l'épaulement 15.Along edge 11, this upper face 13 has the shape of a plane, horizontal, delimited edge 14 on the one hand by the edge 11 and on the other hand by a shoulder 15 parallel to song 11, that is to say defined like him by plane, vertical and perpendicular facets two to two, and like him defining a rectangular plane with the side 5 of the wall plate 1. The shoulder 15 is connected to the edge 14 up while it connects down to three sides 16, 17, 18 of the upper face 13 by defining a rim around the assembly formed by these panels 16, 17, 18 with face 5 of the wall plate 1. Pan 16 is flat, horizontal, and runs along side 5 of the wall plate 1. It is rectangular, one of its long sides being defined by its connection with face 5 and its two short sides being defined by its connection with the shoulder 15, and it connects by its second long side, in the direction of a distance from face 5 of the wall plate 1, perpendicular to this face 5, to the pan 17 which has meanwhile a concave shape, and more precisely the shape of a part of cylinder of revolution around an axis horizontal 19, parallel to face 5 of wall plate 1 and located on the same side of it as the cradle 8, above of it. The angular development of pan 17, in reference to axis 19, is less than 180 °, and for example of around 45 °, evenly distributed on both sides of a vertical plane 20 including axis 19, i.e. also parallel to side 5 of wall plate 1. Pan 17 so also when viewed in plan, a shape rectangular with a large side defined by its connection with pan 16, along one long side of it, and the two short sides by its connection with the shoulder 15. By its other large side, in the sense of a distance relative to the face 5 of the wall plate 1, perpendicularly on this face 5, the pan 17 is connected to the pan 18 which is planar and coplanar with pan 16, and presents, when is seen in plan, a rectangular shape with a large side is defined by its connection with pan 17 while the other long side as well as the two short sides are defined by its connection with the shoulder 15.

Suivant un plan vertical 21 perpendiculaire à l'axe 19 et au plan 20 et constituant un plan de symétrie pour la platine murale 1, c'est-à-dire pour la plaque de fixation 2 et le berceau 8 de celle-ci, ainsi que pour le dispositif de levage selon l'invention considéré dans son ensemble, le berceau 8 présente une échancrure 22 débouchant dans son chant 11 ainsi que dans ses faces inférieure 12 et supérieure 13 mais n'atteignant pas la platine murale 1. Plus précisément, l'échancrure 22 est délimitée par deux flancs latéraux 23, plans, verticaux, mutuellement parallèles et mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, lesquels flancs 23 se raccordent au chant 11 dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à la face 5 de la platine murale 1, perpendiculairement à cette face 5, à la face inférieure 12 vers le bas et au bord 14, à l'épaulement 15 et au pan 18 vers le haut. Dans le sens d'un rapprochement vis-à-vis de la face 5 de la platine murale 1, perpendiculairement à cette face, les deux flancs 23 se raccordent à un même flanc 24 de fond de l'échancrure 22, lequel est concave et hémicylindrique de révolution autour d'un axe vertical 25 situé dans le plan 21 et passant au moins approximativement par la jonction entre les pans 17 et 18 de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8. Ce flanc de fond 24 se raccorde ainsi vers le bas à la face inférieure 12 et vers le haut au pan 17 de la face supérieure 13, approximativement sur la moitié de la dimension que ce pan 17 présente perpendiculairement à la face 5 de la platine murale 1, à partir du raccordement entre les pans 17 et 18.In a vertical plane 21 perpendicular to the axis 19 and to plane 20 and constituting a plane of symmetry for the wall plate 1, i.e. for mounting plate 2 and the cradle 8 thereof, as well as for the device lifting according to the invention considered as a whole, the cradle 8 has a notch 22 opening into its edge 11 as well as in its lower 12 and upper faces 13 but not reaching the wall plate 1. More precisely, the notch 22 is delimited by two lateral flanks 23, planes, vertical, mutually parallel and mutually symmetrical with respect to the plane 21, which flanks 23 are connect to edge 11 in the direction of a distance by relative to face 5 of wall plate 1, perpendicularly to this face 5, to the lower face 12 downwards and at the edge 14, at the shoulder 15 and at the pan 18 upwards. In the direction of approximation vis-à-vis side 5 of the wall plate 1, perpendicular to this face, both sidewalls 23 are connected to the same sidewall 24 at the bottom of notch 22, which is concave and semi-cylindrical revolution around a vertical axis 25 located in the plane 21 and passing at least approximately through the junction between the sides 17 and 18 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8. This bottom flank 24 thus connects downwards to the face lower 12 and upwards in pan 17 of the upper face 13, approximately on the half of the dimension that this pan 17 is perpendicular to face 5 of the plate wall 1, from the connection between panels 17 and 18.

Par ailleurs, suivant deux axes verticaux 26 quant à eux situés dans le plan 20, perpendiculairement à l'axe 19, et mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, le berceau 8 est percé de part en part,c'est-à-dire entre le pan 17 de sa face supérieure 13 et sa face inférieure 12, de deux lumières 27 délimitées par une face périphérique intérieure respective 28 cylindrique de révolution autour de l'axe 26 respectif, avec un diamètre approximativement égal à la dimension que le pan 17 présente perpendiculairement à la face 5 de la platine murale 1, entre ses raccordements respectivement avec le pan 16 et avec le pan 18.Furthermore, along two vertical axes 26 quant to them located in the plane 20, perpendicular to the axis 19, and mutually symmetrical with respect to plane 21, the cradle 8 is drilled right through, that is to say between the pan 17 of its upper face 13 and its lower face 12, of two lights 27 delimited by an inner peripheral face respective 28 cylindrical of revolution around the axis 26 respective, with a diameter approximately equal to the dimension that the pan 17 presents perpendicular to the side 5 of the wall plate 1, between its connections respectively with pan 16 and with pan 18.

Au-dessus du berceau 8, la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2 présente des moyens de fixation amovible pour deux chapes 29 mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, par exemple sous la forme de glissières verticales respectives 30 de réception des chapes 29 au coulissement vertical le long de la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2. Deux butées non représentées limitent le coulissement des chapes 29 vers le bas, de telle sorte qu'elles restent espacées, vers le haut, de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8, et des trous 31 sont aménagés dans la plaque de fixation 2 et la traversent de part en part, entre ses faces 4 et 5, pour recevoir des goupilles non représentées d'immobilisation amovible des chapes 29 à l'encontre d'un coulissement vers le haut dans les glissières 30. Lorsqu'elles sont ainsi immobilisées à l'encontre d'un coulissement par rapport aux glissières 30, vers le haut comme vers le bas, les chapes 29 occupent sur la plaque de fixation 2 une position déterminée, dans laquelle elles vont être décrites.Above the cradle 8, the face 5 of the plate fixing 2 has removable fixing means for two mutually symmetrical yokes 29 with respect to plane 21, for example in the form of respective vertical slides 30 receiving screeds 29 vertically sliding on along face 5 of the fixing plate 2. Two stops not shown limit the sliding of the yokes 29 towards the down, so that they stay spaced up, from the upper face 13 of the cradle 8, and holes 31 are arranged in the fixing plate 2 and pass through it side by side, between its faces 4 and 5, to receive pins not shown of removable immobilization of clevis 29 against sliding upwards in the slides 30. When they are thus immobilized at against a sliding with respect to the slides 30, upwards and downwards, the yokes 29 occupy the fixing plate 2 a determined position, in which they will be described.

Chaque chape 29 comporte une âme plate 32, verticale, accolée à la face 5 de la platine murale 1 et coopérant avec les glissières 30 en vue du guidage de la chape 29 au coulissement vertical par rapport à la plaque de fixation 2, et deux ailes 33 également plates et verticales, mais perpendiculaires à l'âme 32 et à la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2, de façon à se présenter en porte-à-faux au-dessus de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8, en étant espacées de cette face supérieure vers le haut comme on l'a dit plus haut. Les deux chapes 29, mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, sont respectivement symétriques par rapport à un plan respectif non référencé, parallèle à ce plan 21 et incluant l'axe 26 d'une lumière 27 respective. En d'autres termes, les deux ailes 33 de chaque chape 29 sont mutuellement symétriques par rapport à un plan incluant l'axe 26 de la face périphérique intérieure 28 d'une lumière 27 respective, lequel plan est perpendiculaire à l'axe 19.Each yoke 29 has a flat, vertical core 32, attached to face 5 of wall plate 1 and cooperating with the slides 30 for guiding the yoke 29 at vertical sliding relative to the fixing plate 2, and two wings 33 also flat and vertical, but perpendicular to the core 32 and to the face 5 of the plate attachment 2, so as to be cantilevered above from the upper face 13 of the cradle 8, being spaced apart this upper side up as we said more high. The two yokes 29, mutually symmetrical by with respect to plane 21, are respectively symmetrical by relative to a respective unreferenced plan, parallel to this plane 21 and including the axis 26 of a respective light 27. In in other words, the two wings 33 of each yoke 29 are mutually symmetrical about a plane including the axis 26 of the inner peripheral face 28 of a light 27 respective, which plane is perpendicular to axis 19.

Chacune des ailes 33 est dimensionnée de façon à être sécante de l'axe 19 et présente, pour l'essentiel au-dessus de celui-ci, une lumière respective 34 la traversant de part en part parallèlement à cet axe 19. Chacune des lumières 34, qui sont mutuellement identiques, présente la forme d'une portion d'anneau de révolution autour de l'axe 19, avec un développement angulaire qui, dans l'exemple illustré, est de l'ordre de 120° ; ce chiffre n'est toutefois indiqué qu'à titre d'exemple non limitatif.Each of the wings 33 is dimensioned so as to intersects axis 19 and is present mainly above from it, a respective light 34 passing through it right through right parallel to this axis 19. Each of the lights 34, which are mutually identical, presents the shape of a portion of ring of revolution around the axis 19, with an angular development which, in the example illustrated, is of the order of 120 °; however, this figure is indicated as a nonlimiting example.

Les lumières 34 des deux ailes 33 d'une même chape 29 reçoivent et guident, vis-à-vis d'une rotation autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la chape 29 et par conséquent par rapport à la platine murale 1,une goupille rectiligne 35 d'axe 36 parallèle à l'axe 19 et ainsi décalée vers le haut par rapport à celui-ci. On observera que les deux goupilles 35, correspondant aux deux chapes 29, sont mutuellement indépendantes, mais un Homme du métier comprendra, à la lecture de la suite de la description, qu'elles sont en fait coaxiales lorsqu'elles sont en service. Les deux goupilles 35 sont immobilisées à l'encontre d'un coulissement parallèlement à leur axe 36 ou à l'axe 19 par rapport aux ailes 33 de la chape 29 respectivement correspondante, par exemple au moyen d'épaulements appropriés, prenant appui sur les ailes 33 autour des lumières 34, mais leur montage est amovible, chacune d'entre elles étant par exemple réalisée par assemblage de plusieurs parties vissées mutuellement suivant l'axe 36, d'une façon non décrite en détail mais aisément compréhensible par un Homme du métier.The lights 34 of the two wings 33 of the same yoke 29 receive and guide, with respect to a rotation around the axis 19 with respect to the yoke 29 and therefore by compared to wall plate 1, a straight pin 35 axis 36 parallel to axis 19 and thus shifted upwards relative to this one. We will observe that the two pins 35, corresponding to the two yokes 29, are mutually independent, but a skilled person will understand, at the reading the rest of the description, that they are in fact coaxial when in use. The two pins 35 are immobilized against sliding in parallel to their axis 36 or to the axis 19 relative to the wings 33 of the corresponding clevis 29 respectively, for example at means of appropriate shoulders, bearing on the wings 33 around the lights 34, but their mounting is removable, each of them being for example produced by assembly of several parts screwed mutually along the axis 36, in a manner not described in detail but easily understandable by a skilled person.

Enfin, en dessous du berceau 8, respectivement de part et d'autre de la verticale de celui-ci, la plaque de fixation 2 porte, de façon solidaire, deux chapes 37 en porte-à-faux sur sa face 5, et ces deux chapes 37 portent, au pivotement autour d'un même axe 38 parallèle à l'axe 19 et situé à proximité immédiate de la face 5, sans autre possibilité de déplacement relatif, une tige filetée respective 39 d'axe respectif 40 perpendiculaire à l'axe 38. Chacune des tiges filetées 39 peut recevoir deux écrous 41 dont l'utilité ressortira de la suite de la description.Finally, below the cradle 8, respectively on either side of the vertical of it, the plate of fixing 2 door, integrally, two yokes 37 in overhang on its face 5, and these two yokes 37 carry, at pivot around the same axis 38 parallel to axis 19 and located in the immediate vicinity of side 5, with no other possibility relative displacement, a respective threaded rod 39 of respective axis 40 perpendicular to axis 38. Each of the threaded rods 39 can receive two nuts 41 whose utility will emerge from the rest of the description.

Pour coopérer avec la platine murale 1 ainsi conçue, le plateau de maintien 42 présente une structure qui va être décrite à présent.To cooperate with the wall plate 1 as well designed, the retaining plate 42 has a structure which will now be described.

Ce plateau de maintien 42 est destiné à prendre appui sur le berceau 8 et présente à cet effet une plaque d'appui 43 destinée à venir se loger partiellement entre l'épaulement 15 du berceau 8 et la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2 avec une possibilité de basculement relatif limité autour de l'axe 19, destiné à permettre un réglage d'horizontalité de la plaque 43 au cas où un défaut de verticalité du mur 3 entraínerait un défaut de verticalité de la face 5, un réglage d'horizontalité de l'axe 19 résultant quant à lui du réglage d'horizontalité précité des zones supérieure et inférieure du chant 6 de la plaque de fixation 2.This holding plate 42 is intended to take support on the cradle 8 and has for this purpose a plate support 43 intended to be housed partially between the shoulder 15 of the cradle 8 and the face 5 of the plate attachment 2 with limited relative tilting possibility around axis 19, intended to allow adjustment of horizontality of plate 43 in case a defect in the verticality of the wall 3 would cause a defect in the verticality of face 5, a horizontality adjustment of axis 19 resulting in turn from above-mentioned horizontal adjustment of the upper zones and lower edge 6 of fixing plate 2.

Plus précisément, la plaque d'appui 43, supposée horizontale, présente une face supérieure 44 plane et horizontale, de plan général rectangulaire défini par son raccordement à un chant 45 vertical, se raccordant quant à lui vers le bas à une face inférieure 46 qui présente certes un plan rectangulaire identique à celui de la face supérieure 44 mais n'est pas plane, et plus précisément présente une conformation en rapport avec celle des pans 16 à 18 de la face supérieure 15 du berceau 8 afin d'assurer le guidage précité au basculement relatif autour de l'axe 19.More specifically, the support plate 43, supposed horizontal, has a planar upper face 44 and horizontal, of general rectangular plan defined by its connection to a vertical edge 45, connecting as for him down to a underside 46 which certainly presents a rectangular plane identical to that of the upper face 44 but is not planar, and more precisely has a conformation in relation to that of sections 16 to 18 of the upper face 15 of the cradle 8 in order to provide guidance mentioned above with respect to the relative tilting around the axis 19.

Pour autoriser ce basculement, la forme de la plaque d'appui 43, en plan, c'est-à-dire la forme de ses faces supérieure 44 et inférieure 46, en plan, est sensiblement identique à la forme, en plan, que l'épaulement 15 de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8 définit avec la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2, toutefois avec des cotes légèrement inférieures de façon à ménager avec le chant 45 de la plaque d'appui 43 et l'ensemble formé autour des pans 16 à 18 par l'épaulement 15 et la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2 un jeu fonctionnel qui peut être inférieur à 1 mm.To allow this switchover, the shape of the support plate 43, in plan, that is to say the shape of its upper 44 and lower 46 faces, in plan, is substantially identical to the shape, in plan, that the shoulder 15 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8 defined with the face 5 of the fixing plate 2, however with slightly lower so as to spare with the edge 45 of the plate support 43 and the assembly formed around sections 16 to 18 by the shoulder 15 and the face 5 of the fixing plate 2 a functional clearance which may be less than 1 mm.

Pour coopérer avec les pans 16 à 18 de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8, la face inférieure 46 de la plaque d'appui 43 présente également trois pans 47, 48, 49 dont le premier et le dernier sont plans, mutuellement coplanaires, parallèles à la face 44 et disposés respectivement de part et d'autre du deuxième, qui présente quant à lui une convexité en relation avec la concavité du pan 17 de la face supérieure 13 du berceau 8.To cooperate with sections 16 to 18 of the face upper 13 of the cradle 8, the lower face 46 of the support plate 43 also has three sides 47, 48, 49 of which the first and the last are planes, mutually coplanar, parallel to face 44 and arranged respectively on either side of the second, which presents a convexity in relation to the concavity of the pan 17 of the upper face 13 of the cradle 8.

Plus précisément, le pan 48 présente la forme d'une partie de cylindre de révolution autour d'un axe qui, lorsque le plateau de maintien 42 coopère avec la platine murale 1, se confond avec l'axe 19 si bien qu'on l'a désigné par la même référence numérique. Le pan 48 présente ainsi un diamètre identique à celui du pan 17, mais son développement angulaire est légèrement supérieur, et par exemple de l'ordre de 60° et chacun des pans 47, 49 présente entre son raccordement avec le pan 48 et le chant 45 de la plaque d'appui 43 une dimension respectivement inférieure à celle du pan 16 entre le pan 17 et la face 5 de la platine de fixation 2, et à celle du pan 18 entre le pan 17 et l'épaulement 5, si bien que, lorsque le plateau de maintien 42 est en service, il repose par le pan 48 sur le pan 17, avec guidage au basculement relatif autour de l'axe 19, et ses pans 47 et 49 sont placés en regard des pans 16 et 18, respectivement, en présentant par rapport à ces derniers une certaine possibilité de débattement, autorisant le basculement précité, au cours duquel l'un des pans 47, 49 peut venir au contact du pan respectivement correspondant 16, 18, ce qui correspond à une limitation du basculement précité, mais les deux autres de ces pans sont alors disjoints.More specifically, the pan 48 has the shape of a part of cylinder of revolution about an axis which, when the retaining plate 42 cooperates with the wall plate 1, merges with axis 19 so that it has been designated by the same reference number. Pan 48 thus presents a identical diameter to that of pan 17, but its development angular is slightly higher, for example of the order of 60 ° and each of the sections 47, 49 present between its connection with the pan 48 and the edge 45 of the support plate 43 a dimension respectively smaller than that of pan 16 between the pan 17 and the face 5 of the fixing plate 2, and to that of pan 18 between pan 17 and shoulder 5, so that, when the holding plate 42 is in service, it rests by pan 48 on pan 17, with tilting guide relative around the axis 19, and its sections 47 and 49 are placed opposite sides 16 and 18, respectively, in presenting with respect to these a certain possibility of clearance, authorizing the aforementioned tilting, at during which one of the sections 47, 49 can come into contact with the respectively corresponding pan 16, 18, which corresponds to a limitation of the aforementioned tilting, but the other two of these sections are then separated.

On remarquera que le positionnement des chapes 29 par rapport au berceau 8 est tel qu'il n'y ait pas contact entre ces chapes et la face supérieure 44 de la plaque d'appui 43, c'est-à-dire de limitation au basculement du fait de ces chapes 29. Ce positionnement est toutefois tel que les chapes 29 empêchent la plaque d'appui 43 de s'échapper du berceau 8 vers le haut, leur montage amovible sur la face 5 ayant pour but d'autoriser le montage et le démontage du plateau de maintien 42 par rapport à la platine murale 1.Note that the positioning of the yokes 29 relative to cradle 8 is such that there is no contact between these yokes and the upper face 44 of the plate support 43, that is to say limitation of tilting due to of these yokes 29. This positioning is however such that the yokes 29 prevent the backing plate 43 from escaping from the cradle 8 upwards, removable mounting on face 5 intended to authorize the assembly and disassembly of the retaining plate 42 relative to the wall plate 1.

Lorsque le plateau de maintien 42 coopère avec la platine murale 1, le plan 21 de symétrie de celle-ci constitue également un plan de symétrie pour lui, et le plateau de maintien 42 présente, immédiatement au-dessus de l'échancrure 22 du berceau 8, une échancrure 50 de même forme en plan, également symétrique par rapport au plan 21. Plus précisément, cette échancrure 50 est délimitée par deux flancs latéraux 51 plans, mutuellement parallèles et mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, dont ils sont espacés d'une distance identique à celle qui sépare de ce plan les flancs latéraux 23 de l'échancrure 22, de façon à prolonger vers le haut respectivement l'un et l'autre de ces flancs 23. Les flancs latéraux 51 débouchent ainsi d'une part dans le chant 45 de la plaque d'appui 43 et d'autre part dans la face supérieure 44 de celle-ci et dans le pan 49 de sa face inférieure 46. L'échancrure 50 est par ailleurs délimitée par un flanc de fond 52 concave, également vertical, auquel les flans latéraux 51 se raccordent dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à leur raccordement avec le chant 45. Ce flanc de fond 52 est par exemple cylindrique de révolution autour d'un axe vertical 53 du plan 21, lequel axe 53 est situé du même côté de l'axe 19 que l'axe 25 et, en fonction de la positon de basculement du plateau de maintien 42 autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la platine murale 1, peut se confondre avec l'axe 25 ou couper celui-ci. Les diamètres respectifs des flancs de fond 52 et 24 sont identiques, si bien que le flanc de fond 52 prolonge le flanc de fond 24 vers le haut lorsque l'axe 53 coïncide avec l'axe 25. Le flanc de fond 52 débouche vers le haut dans la face supérieure 44 de la plaque d'appui 43 et vers le bas dans le pan convexe 48 de la face inférieure 46 de celle-ci.When the retaining plate 42 cooperates with the wall plate 1, the plane 21 of symmetry thereof constitutes also a plane of symmetry for him, and the plateau of support 42 present, immediately above the notch 22 of the cradle 8, a notch 50 of the same shape in plan, also symmetrical with respect to plane 21. More precisely, this notch 50 is delimited by two sides lateral 51 planes, mutually parallel and mutually symmetrical with respect to plane 21, from which they are spaced of a distance identical to that which separates from this plane the lateral flanks 23 of the notch 22, so as to extend upwards respectively one and the other of these flanks 23. The lateral flanks 51 thus open on the one hand into the edge 45 of the support plate 43 and on the other hand in the face upper 44 of it and in the pan 49 of its face lower 46. The notch 50 is further delimited by a concave bottom flank 52, also vertical, to which the side blanks 51 are connected in the direction of a distance compared to their connection with edge 45. This flank of bottom 52 is for example cylindrical of revolution around a vertical axis 53 of plane 21, which axis 53 is located on the same side of axis 19 as axis 25 and, depending on the position tilting of the retaining plate 42 around the axis 19 compared to wall plate 1, can be confused with axis 25 or cut it. The respective diameters of bottom flanks 52 and 24 are identical, so that the flank bottom 52 extends the bottom flank 24 upward when the axis 53 coincides with the axis 25. The bottom flank 52 opens out upwards in the upper face 44 of the support plate 43 and down into the convex pan 48 of the underside 46 thereof.

Autour du flanc de fond 52 de l'échancrure 50 sont répartis, à une même distance de l'axe 53, des trous taraudés 54 d'axe respectif 55 parallèle à l'axe 53, les axes 55 étant équidistants de celui-ci. Comme il apparaítra plus loin, ces trous taraudés 54, débouchant dans la face supérieure 44 au moins, sont destinés à recevoir des boulons de fixation, sur la plaque d'appui 43, d'un vérin de levage disposé suivant l'axe 52 et engagé dans l'échancrure 50 de la plaque d'appui 43 de même que dans l'échancrure 22 du berceau 8 pour former une saillie en dessous de ce dernier.Around the bottom flank 52 of the notch 50 are distributed, at the same distance from the axis 53, tapped holes 54 with respective axis 55 parallel to axis 53, axes 55 being equidistant from it. As will appear later, these tapped holes 54, opening into the upper face 44 at less, are intended to receive fixing bolts, on the support plate 43, of a lifting cylinder arranged as follows the axis 52 and engaged in the notch 50 of the support plate 43 as well as in the notch 22 of the cradle 8 to form a protrusion below the latter.

Par ailleurs, suivant deux axes 56 parallèles à l'axe 53 mais sécants de l'axe 19, mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21 lorsque le plateau de maintien 42 coopère avec la platine murale 1 et situés à une même distance du plan 21 que les axes 26, de façon à pouvoir coïncider respectivement avec ces derniers lorsque le plateau de maintien 42 occupe autour de l'axe 19, par rapport à la platine murale 1, une orientation telle que l'axe 52 coïncide avec l'axe 25, deux trous 57 qui la traversent de part en part et se prolongent vers le bas à l'intérieur d'un manchon respectif coaxial 58, chacun des manchons 58 étant délimité dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à l'axe 56 respectif par une face périphérique extérieure 59 cylindrique de révolution autour de cet axe 56 avec un diamètre inférieur à celui de la face périphérique intérieure 28 d'une lumière 27 de telle sorte que chaque manchon 59 puisse traverser de part en part le berceau 8 par une lumière 27 respective sans que cela constitue d'entrave au basculement du plateau de maintien 42 autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la platine murale 1. Intérieurement, chaque trou 57 et le manchon 58 qui le prolonge vers le bas sont délimités par une face périphérique intérieure 60 cylindrique de révolution autour de l'axe 56 respectif, avec un diamètre inférieur à celui de la surface périphérique extérieure 59. Les manchons 58 peuvent être totalement ou partiellement fermés vers le bas, ce qui est le cas dans l'application plus particulièrement décrite et illustrée, ou être ouverts vers le bas, ce qui pourrait être le cas dans cette application, décrite ultérieurement, si l'on veut éviter de donner aux manchons 58 une dimension importante parallèlement à leur axe 56. Dans l'exemple illustré, cette dimension est telle que le bas du manchon 58 soit à peu prés situé au même niveau que la zone inférieure, horizontale, du chant 6 de la platine murale 1.Furthermore, along two axes 56 parallel to axis 53 but intersecting axis 19, mutually symmetrical relative to the plane 21 when the retaining plate 42 cooperates with the wall plate 1 and located at the same distance from plane 21 than axes 26, so that coincide respectively with these when the plate holding 42 occupies around the axis 19, relative to the wall plate 1, an orientation such that axis 52 coincides with the axis 25, two holes 57 which pass right through it part and extend downward inside a sleeve respective coaxial 58, each of the sleeves 58 being delimited in the direction of a distance from the respective axis 56 by a cylindrical outer peripheral face 59 of revolution around this axis 56 with a diameter less than that of the inner peripheral face 28 of a light 27 so that each sleeve 59 can pass through apart the cradle 8 by a respective light 27 without that this constitutes an obstacle to the tilting of the holding 42 around the axis 19 relative to the plate wall 1. Internally, each hole 57 and the sleeve 58 which the downward extension are delimited by a peripheral face inner 60 cylindrical of revolution around the axis 56 respective, with a diameter smaller than that of the outer peripheral surface 59. The sleeves 58 can be fully or partially closed down, which is the case in the application more particularly described and illustrated, or be open down, which could be the case in this application, described later, if we want to avoid giving the sleeves 58 a dimension important parallel to their axis 56. In the example illustrated, this dimension is such that the bottom of the sleeve 58 either roughly located at the same level as the lower zone, horizontal, from edge 6 of wall plate 1.

Les deux manchons 58 sont identiques, mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, et chacun d'entre eux porte par sa face périphérique extérieure 59, dans le sens d'un éloignement par rapport à ce plan 21, un oeillet 61 qui peut être fixé ou, de préférence, est mobile à la rotation par rapport au manchon 58 correspondant, autour d'un axe 62 parallèle aux axes 19 et 38 et situé approximativement au même niveau que ce dernier de telle sorte que chaque oeillet 61 puisse recevoir une tige filetée respective 39, dont l'axe 40 coupe alors perpendiculairement l'axe 62, et que l'or puisse immobiliser le plateau de maintien 42 à l'encontre d'un pivotement autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la platine murale 1, dans une orientation déterminée correspondant à une rigoureuse verticalité des axes 53 et 56, en immobilisant chaque oeillet 61 sur la tige filetée 39 correspondante au moyen des deux écrous 41 de celle-ci, serrés respectivement de part et d'autre de l'oeillet 61. Afin de ne pas constituer d'entrave au passage des manchons 58 dans les lumières 27 du berceau 8 au montage et au démontage du plateau de maintien 42 par rapport à la platine murale 1 sans que l'on soit obligé de surdimensionner à cet effet les lumières 27, les oeillets 61 sont de préférence montés de façon amovible sur les manchons 58, par exemple par emboítement, de façon non illustrée mais aisément concevable par un Homme du métier.The two sleeves 58 are identical, mutually symmetrical about plane 21, and each of them door by its outer peripheral face 59, in the direction a distance from this plane 21, an eyelet 61 which can be fixed or, preferably, is movable by rotation relative to the corresponding sleeve 58, around an axis 62 parallel to axes 19 and 38 and located approximately at same level as the latter so that each eyelet 61 can receive a respective threaded rod 39, the axis of which 40 then cuts the axis 62 perpendicularly, and that the gold can immobilize the retaining plate 42 against pivoting about the axis 19 relative to the plate mural 1, in a determined orientation corresponding to a rigorous verticality of axes 53 and 56, immobilizing each eyelet 61 on the threaded rod 39 corresponding to the by means of the two nuts 41 thereof, tightened respectively on either side of the eyelet 61. In order not to constitute obstructing the passage of the sleeves 58 in the lights 27 of the cradle 8 for mounting and dismounting the retaining plate 42 with respect to wall plate 1 without being forced to oversize for this purpose the lights 27, the eyelets 61 are preferably removably mounted on the sleeves 58, for example by interlocking, so illustrated but easily conceivable by a skilled person.

Les figures 4 à 8 et 11 illustrent l'ensemble formé par une platine murale 1 et un plateau de maintien 42 dans diverses conditions d'utilisation.Figures 4 to 8 and 11 illustrate the assembly formed by a wall plate 1 and a retaining plate 42 in various conditions of use.

Dans toutes ces conditions d'utilisation, plusieurs dispositifs selon l'invention 63, dont chacun comporte une platine murale 1 et un plateau de maintien 42, et dont les compositions peuvent être en partie différentes, sont fixés par leur platine murale respective 1 sur les faces extérieures 112 des différents murs extérieurs 3 d'un bâtiment dont on désire lever la toiture, par l'intermédiaire de la charpente 65 de celle-ci, étant entendu que l'on pourrait également prévoir de munir de dispositifs selon l'invention 63 des murs intérieurs, à savoir des murs de refend.Les différents dispositifs de l'invention 63 sont installés de telle sorte que les axes 19, parallèles à la face 112 respective du fait de l'application de la face 4 de la plaque 2 respective à plat contre elle, soient horizontaux, ce que l'on obtient par un réglage approprié d'orientation de chaque platine murale 1 contre la face 112 du mur 3 lors de sa fixation sur ce dernier, et que les axes 53 et 56 soient verticaux même si les axes 25 et 26 ne le sont pas exactement du fait d'un certain défaut de verticalité de la face 112 du mur 3, et qui s'effectue par basculement du plateau de maintien 42 autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la platine murale 1, et immobilisation dans la position obtenue au moyen des oeillets 61 et des écrous 41.In all these conditions of use, several devices according to the invention 63, each of which has a wall plate 1 and a retaining plate 42, and the compositions may be partly different, are fixed by their respective wall plate 1 on the outside faces 112 different exterior walls 3 of a building including we want to raise the roof, through the frame 65 thereof, it being understood that one could also make provision for devices according to the invention 63 interior walls, namely cross walls. various devices of the invention 63 are installed from so that the axes 19, parallel to the face 112 respective due to the application of side 4 of the plate 2 respective flat against it, are horizontal, what an appropriate orientation adjustment is obtained for each wall plate 1 against the face 112 of the wall 3 during its fixing on the latter, and that axes 53 and 56 are vertical even if axes 25 and 26 are not exactly due to a certain defect in the verticality of the face 112 of the wall 3, and which is effected by tilting the tray holding 42 around the axis 19 relative to the plate mural 1, and immobilization in the position obtained by means eyelets 61 and nuts 41.

Dans chacune des applications illustrées, chacun des ensembles formés par un trou 57 et le manchon 58 correspondant reçoit de façon solidaire une tige rectiligne coaxiale respective 64, en butée vers le bas à l'intérieur du manchon 58 respectif et en saillie vers le haut, au dessus de la face supérieure 44 de la plaque d'appui 43, sur une hauteur supérieure à la hauteur de levage désirée pour la toiture, compte tenu de ce que, même si l'on fixe les platines murales 1 des différents dispositifs selon l'invention 63 aussi près que possible de la toiture, c'est-à-dire aussi haut que possible sur les murs 3, certains composants de chacun de ces dispositifs selon l'invention 63 doivent s'intercaler entre le plateau de maintien 42 et la toiture.In each of the applications illustrated, each assemblies formed by a hole 57 and the corresponding sleeve 58 integrally receives a straight rod respective coaxial 64, abutting down inside the respective sleeve 58 and projecting upwards, above the upper face 44 of the support plate 43, on a height greater than the desired lifting height for the roof, taking into account that even if we fix the wall plates 1 of the various devices according to the invention 63 as close as possible to the roof, i.e. as high as possible on the walls 3, some components of each of these devices according to the invention 63 must come between the retaining plate 42 and the roof.

Chacune des tiges 64 est retenue à l'encontre d'une extraction, vers le haut, hors du manchon 58 correspondant, de même qu'à l'encontre d'une chute à l'intérieur de ce dernier s'il est ouvert vers le bas, au moyen de l'une, respective, de goupilles 35. A cet effet, chaque tige 64 s'engage entre les deux ailes 33 d'une chape 29 respective et est percée de part en part, perpendiculairement à son axe confondu avec l'axe 56, d'un trou non illustré, susceptible de recevoir coaxialement l'une des goupilles 35, engagée par ailleurs dans les lumières respectives 34 des deux ailes 33 de la chape 29 respectivement correspondante. La forme de ces lumières 34 permet un déplacement des goupilles 35 par rapport aux ailes 33, en relation avec l'orientation des axes 56 par rapport aux axes 36, lors du basculement de réglage d'orientation du plateau de maintien 42 autour de l'axe 19 par rapport à la platine murale 1.Each of the rods 64 is retained against a extraction, upwards, out of the corresponding sleeve 58, as well as against a fall inside this last if open down, by means of one, respective, of pins 35. For this purpose, each rod 64 engages between the two wings 33 of a respective yoke 29 and is drilled right through, perpendicular to its axis confused with axis 56, of a hole not illustrated, susceptible to receive coaxially one of the pins 35, engaged by elsewhere in the respective lights 34 of the two wings 33 of the corresponding clevis 29 respectively. The shape of these lights 34 allows movement of pins 35 by relative to the wings 33, in relation to the orientation of the axes 56 with respect to the axes 36, during adjustment tilting orientation of the retaining plate 42 around the axis 19 relative to wall plate 1.

Chaque tige 64 traverse la toiture dont on a, à cet effet, ôté quelques tuiles ou ardoises, et présente au-dessus de cette toiture une extrémité libre respective 66. Les deux extrémités libres 66 des deux tiges 64 sont solidarisées mutuellement par emboítement coaxial dans un alésage borgne respectif, non référencé, d'un caisson de liaison ou de raccordement 67 propre à ces deux tiges, sur lesquels ce caisson 67 peut en outre être fixé par tout moyen approprié, et notamment par goupillage ou vissage.Each rod 64 passes through the roof which, at this point, effect, removed some tiles or slates, and presents above of this roof a respective free end 66. Both free ends 66 of the two rods 64 are secured mutually by coaxial socket in a blind bore respective, not referenced, of a connection box or connection 67 specific to these two rods, on which this box 67 can also be fixed by any suitable means, and in particular by pinning or screwing.

Le caisson de raccordement 67 présente dans l'exemple illustré la forme générale d'un parallélépipède rectangle, défini notamment par une face inférieure plane 68, horizontale, dans laquelle sont aménagés les alésages borgnes, une face supérieure 69 également plane et horizontale, vers laquelle les alésages en question sont fermés, deux faces frontales 70 planes, verticales, parallèles à un plan non référencé défini par les deux axes 56, et deux faces latérales 71 également planes et verticales, quant à elles perpendiculaires à ce plan et mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan 21, de même que les tiges 64 du fait de leur montage coaxial dans les manchons 58.The connection box 67 present in the example illustrated the general shape of a parallelepiped rectangle, defined in particular by a flat lower face 68, horizontal, in which the bores are arranged blind, an upper face 69 also flat and horizontal, to which the bores in question are closed, two front faces 70 plane, vertical, parallel to a plane not referenced defined by the two axes 56, and two faces side 71 also flat and vertical, meanwhile perpendicular to this plane and mutually symmetrical by compared to plan 21, as well as rods 64 due to their coaxial mounting in the sleeves 58.

Les deux faces frontales 70 et les deux faces latérales 71 portent chacune, de façon solidaire, une chape respective 72, 73 propre à recevoir et retenir, par exemple par goupillage suivant un axe respectif parallèle aux axes 56, un tirant rigide 74, 75 de raccordement avec le caisson de liaison d'un dispositif de levage 63 voisin, respectif. En fonction de la position des deux caissons de liaison à raccorder mutuellement par un tirant 74 ou 75, l'Homme du métier choisira, sur chacun de ces caissons de liaison, la chape la mieux appropriée parmi les chapes 72 des faces frontales et les chapes 73 des faces latérales.The two front faces 70 and the two faces lateral 71 each carry, in solidarity, a yoke respective 72, 73 suitable for receiving and retaining, for example by pinning along a respective axis parallel to the axes 56, a rigid tie 74, 75 for connection with the box connecting a neighboring lifting device 63, respectively. In depending on the position of the two connection boxes to connecting each other by a tie 74 or 75, the Man trade will choose, on each of these connection boxes, the most suitable screed among the 72 screeds on the faces frontal and the yokes 73 of the lateral faces.

Ainsi les tirants 74, 75 raccordant entre eux les caissons de liaison 67 des différents dispositifs selon l'invention 63 répartis autour d'une toiture forment au-dessus de celle-ci une ceinture statique, de préférence continue, rigidifiant à ce niveau la structure notamment définie par les tiges de guidage 64, par ailleurs rigidifiées par leur liaison avec les murs 3, par l'intermédiaire des plateaux de maintien 42 et des platines murales 1, ce qui permet de conserver un parallélisme rigoureux des différentes tiges de guidage 64 des différents dispositifs 63, sur la totalité de la longueur de ces tiges 64, c'est-à-dire même dans leurs zones les plus éloignées de leur liaison avec les murs 3.Thus the tie rods 74, 75 connecting together the connection boxes 67 of the various devices according to invention 63 spread around a roof form above from it a static belt, preferably continuous, stiffening at this level the structure in particular defined by guide rods 64, also stiffened by their connection with walls 3, through holding plates 42 and wall plates 1, which allows to maintain a rigorous parallelism of the different guide rods 64 of the various devices 63, on the entire length of these rods 64, that is to say even in their areas furthest from their liaison with walls 3.

A cet effet, de façon non illustrée mais aisément concevable par un Homme du métier, on peut également prévoir une liaison par tirants réglables entre chaque caisson de liaison 67 et les platines murales 1 des dispositifs selon l'invention voisins, par exemple entre la chape 72 du caisson de liaison et des anneaux fixés sur la face 5 de la plaque de fixation 2 de la platine murale 1 de ces dispositifs voisins, à raison d'un anneau à proximité des coins inférieurs de cette face 5.For this purpose, not illustrated but easily conceivable by a person skilled in the art, one can also provide a link by adjustable tie rods between each box of connection 67 and the wall plates 1 of the devices according to the neighboring invention, for example between the yoke 72 of the box of connection and rings fixed on the face 5 of the plate of fixing 2 of the wall plate 1 of these neighboring devices, due to a ring near the lower corners of this face 5.

Le long de la paire de tiges de guidage 64 de chaque dispositif de levage 63 est montée en translation suivant les axes 56 de celles-ci, c'est-à-dire en translation verticale, une console commune à ces deux tiges 64, dont un premier exemple de réalisation, référencé 76, a été illustré aux figures 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, et dont un deuxième exemple de réalisation, référencé 77, a été illustré à la figure 10.Along the pair of guide rods 64 of each lifting device 63 is mounted in translation along the axes 56 thereof, that is to say in translation vertical, a console common to these two rods 64, one of which first exemplary embodiment, referenced 76, has been illustrated Figures 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, including a second example embodiment, referenced 77, has been illustrated in FIG. 10.

Dans son premier exemple de réalisation, la console 76 présente, comme le montre mieux la figure 9, la forme générale d'un parallélépipède rectangle défini par des faces inférieure 78, supérieure 79, frontale 80 et latérales 71 du caisson de liaison 67, quant à leur orientation respective. In its first embodiment, the console 76 shows, as best shown in Figure 9, the shape general of a rectangular parallelepiped defined by faces lower 78, upper 79, front 80 and side 71 of connection box 67, as to their respective orientation.

Suivant chacun des axes 56, qui traversent par conséquent les faces inférieure 78 et supérieure 79, perpendiculairement, la console 76 est percée de part en part d'un alésage respectif 82 dont la section intérieure perpendiculairement à l'axe 56 respectif est étroitement complémentaire de la section extérieure d'une tige 64 perpendiculairement à cet axe, de telle sorte que, par chacun de ces alésages 82, la console 76 soit montée au coulissement sur les deux tiges 64, suivant une direction parallèle à l'axe 56, c'est-à-dire verticale. Cette section peut être cylindrique de révolution autour de l'axe 56 respectif, de même que la section intérieure des trous 57 et des manchons 58 et celles des alésages borgnes non référencés du caisson de liaison 67, lesquelles sections intérieures sont également étroitement complémentaires de la section extérieure des tiges 64, mais il est bien entendu que d'autres sections, également étroitement complémentaires, pourraient être choisies et que, en particulier, les tiges 64, extérieurement, et les trous 57, alésages 82, et alésages borgnes non référencés du caisson de liaison 67, intérieurement, pourraient également présenter une section différente, et par exemple une section cannelée permettant d'assurer un indexage des tiges 64 autour de l'axe 56 respectif, notamment pour orienter convenablement les trous traversant ces tiges 64 perpendiculairement à l'axe 56 pour recevoir la goupille 35 respective de retenue par rapport à la platine murale 1.Along each of the axes 56, which therefore cross the lower 78 and upper 79 faces, perpendicularly, the console 76 is pierced right through respective bore 82 whose internal section perpendicularly to the respective axis 56 is closely complementary of the outer section of a rod 64 perpendicular to this axis, so that, by each of these bores 82, the console 76 is slidably mounted on the two rods 64, in a direction parallel to the axis 56, that is to say vertical. This section can be cylindrical of revolution around the respective axis 56, as well as the interior section holes 57 and sleeves 58 and those of the bores blinds not referenced from the connection box 67, which interior sections are also closely complementary of the outer section of the rods 64, but it's fine understood that other sections, also closely complementary, could be chosen and that, in particular, the rods 64, externally, and the holes 57, bores 82, and unreferenced blind bores of the connection box 67, internally, could also have a section different, for example a fluted section allowing index the rods 64 around the axis 56 respective, especially to properly orient the holes crossing these rods 64 perpendicularly to the axis 56 to receive the respective pin 35 retaining with respect to the wall plate 1.

Sur chacune de ses faces latérales 81, la console 76 porte solidairement, en saillie, un palier respectif 83 d'articulation autour d'un axe respectif 84 parallèle aux axes 56 et situé dans un plan, non référencé, commun aux deux axes 56, les deux paliers 83 étant mutuellement symétriques par rapport à un plan confondu avec le plan 21. En outre, les deux paliers 83 sont placés en retrait respectivement vers le haut par rapport à la face inférieure 78 de la console 76 et vers le bas par rapport à la face supérieure 79 de celle-ci. On each of its lateral faces 81, the console 76 carries jointly, projecting, a respective bearing 83 articulation around a respective axis 84 parallel to the axes 56 and located in a plane, not referenced, common to both axes 56, the two bearings 83 being mutually symmetrical compared to a plan confused with plan 21. In addition, the two bearings 83 are set back respectively towards the high relative to the underside 78 of the console 76 and downwardly relative to the upper face 79 thereof.

Par les paliers 83, la console 76 peut recevoir différents types d'accessoires, adaptés à la conformation de la charpente 65 de la toiture à lever et à la position du dispositif selon l'invention 63 par rapport à la charpente 65 ainsi conformée.By the bearings 83, the console 76 can receive different types of accessories, adapted to the shape of the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted and at the position of the device according to the invention 63 relative to the frame 65 thus conformed.

Un premier de ces accessoires, constitué d'une équerre 85, est illustré à la figure 9 en deux exemplaires, dont chacun est porté par un palier 83 respectif et qui sont ainsi disposés respectivement de part et d'autre de la console 76, alors que les figures 4, 5, 6, 11 illustrent un seul exemplaire d'une telle équerre 85 pour une telle console 76.A first of these accessories, consisting of a bracket 85, is illustrated in FIG. 9 in two copies, each of which is carried by a respective bearing 83 and which are thus arranged respectively on either side of the console 76, while FIGS. 4, 5, 6, 11 illustrate a single copy of such a bracket 85 for such a console 76.

Chaque équerre 85 comporte trois bras rectilignes 86, 87, 88 rigides et formant un ensemble rigide, dont le premier est parallèle à l'axe 84 et longe celui-ci, le deuxième est perpendiculaire à cet axe 84 et placé en porte-à-faux par rapport à celui-ci à partir d'une extrémité par laquelle ce bras 87 se raccorde à l'extrémité supérieure du bras 86, et dont le troisième raccorde obliquement l'extrémité libre du deuxième bras 87 à l'extrémité inférieure du premier bras 86 pour constituer une contrefiche entre les deux bras 86 et 87, référence étant faite à une position d'assemblage de l'équerre 85 à la console 76.Each bracket 85 has three straight arms 86, 87, 88 rigid and forming a rigid assembly, the first is parallel to axis 84 and runs along it, the second is perpendicular to this axis 84 and cantilevered relative to this one from one end by which this arm 87 is connected to the upper end of the arm 86, and the third of which obliquely connects the end free from the second arm 87 at the lower end of the first arm 86 to constitute a strut between the two arms 86 and 87, reference being made to a position of assembly of the bracket 85 to the console 76.

Aux fins de cet assemblage, le bras 86 porte solidairement, à l'opposé du porte-à-faux formé par le bras 87, une chape 89 comportant deux bras en saillie perpendiculairement à l'axe 84 et sécants de celui-ci, à raison d'un bras inférieur 90 situé sous le palier 83 correspondant et d'un bras supérieur 91 situé au-dessus de ce palier et prolongeant le bras 87. Ces deux bras 90 et 91 sont mutuellement espacés, suivant l'axe 84, d'une dimension supérieure à celle du palier 83 suivant cet axe, et reçoivent de façon solidaire mais amovible, suivant cet axe 84, une tige commune 92 d'articulation de l'équerre 85, autour de l'axe 84, dans ce palier 83. A cet effet, la tige 92 présente une forme extérieure cylindrique de révolution autour de l'axe 84, et le palier 83 et les bras 90 et 91 sont percés suivant cet axe d'un alésage respectif présentant intérieurement la même section. Pour assurer une amovibilité du montage, la tige 92 est par exemple constituée par une vis présentant une tête que l'on fait reposer vers le bas sur le bras supérieur 91 et une extrémité filetée qui reçoit un écrou ou un ensemble écrou - contre-écrou sous le bras inférieur 90.For the purposes of this assembly, the arm 86 carries in solidarity, opposite the overhang formed by the arm 87, a yoke 89 comprising two arms projecting perpendicularly at axis 84 and intersecting therefrom, at the rate of a lower arm 90 located under the corresponding bearing 83 and an upper arm 91 located above this bearing and extending arm 87. These two arms 90 and 91 are mutually spaced, along axis 84, of a dimension greater than that of the bearing 83 along this axis, and receive so integral but removable, along this axis 84, a common rod 92 of articulation of the square 85, around the axis 84, in this bearing 83. For this purpose, the rod 92 has a shape cylindrical outer of revolution around the axis 84, and the bearing 83 and the arms 90 and 91 are drilled along this axis a respective bore internally having the same section. To ensure removable mounting, the rod 92 is for example constituted by a screw having a head that we rest down on the upper arm 91 and a threaded end that receives a nut or assembly nut - lock nut under the lower arm 90.

Suivant l'axe 84, le bras supérieur 91 de la chape 89 et le palier 83 sont positionnés et dimensionnés de telle sorte que, si on laisse l'ensemble de l'équerre 85 reposer vers le bas, par le bras supérieur 91, sur le palier 83, le bras 87 de l'équerre 85 présente de niveau avec la face supérieure 79 de la console 76, dans le prolongement de cette face supérieure 79, une face supérieure plane 93 perpendiculaire à l'axe 84, comme le montre la moitié de gauche de la figure 9. Alors subsiste un espace entre le palier 83 et le bras inférieur 90 de la chape 89. Ceci permet de placer également l'équerre 85 dans une position plus haute par rapport à la console 76, comme on l'a illustré dans la partie de droite de cette figure 9. A cet effet, de façon non représentée, il suffit d'intercaler des cales d'épaisseur entre le palier 83 et le bras supérieur 91 de la chape 89, mais d'autres moyens de réglage du niveau de l'équerre 85 par rapport à la console 76 pourraient être prévus sans que l'on sorte pour autant du cadre de l'invention, notamment des systèmes de crémaillère et cliquet, ou à tige filetée, écrou et contre-écrou à vérin, le cas échéant asservi électriquement pour assurer sensiblement un même niveau aux bras 87 des différentes équerres 85.Along axis 84, the upper arm 91 of the yoke 89 and the bearing 83 are positioned and dimensioned in such a way so that, if we let the set of square 85 rest down, by the upper arm 91, on the bearing 83, the arm 87 of square 85 is level with the face upper 79 of console 76, as an extension of this upper face 79, a flat upper face 93 perpendicular at axis 84, as shown in the left half of the figure 9. So there remains a space between the bearing 83 and the lower arm 90 of the yoke 89. This makes it possible to place also square 85 in a higher position by compared to console 76, as illustrated in the section on the right of this figure 9. For this purpose, in a non shown, just insert shims of thickness between the bearing 83 and the upper arm 91 of the yoke 89, but other means of adjusting the level of the square 85 by compared to the console 76 could be provided without that so far from the scope of the invention, in particular rack and ratchet systems, or with threaded rod, nut and cylinder lock nut, if electrically controlled to provide substantially the same level to the arms 87 of the different brackets 85.

Un tel montage permet également de placer l'équerre 85 dans une orientation générale décalée angulairement, notamment de 90°, autour de l'axe 84 par rapport à la console 76, c'est-à-dire par rapport au plan commun non référencé des axes 56, dans le cas où le dispositif selon l'invention 63 est placé à proximité d'un angle rentrant ou saillant du mur 3, comme le montre également la moitié de droite de la figure 9, étant entendu que les réglages de niveau des équerres 85 sont mutuellement indépendants lorsque deux équerres sont ainsi prévues sur une même console 76, de même que sont mutuellement indépendants leurs réglages d'orientation par rapport à celle-ci.Such an assembly also makes it possible to place the square 85 in a general orientation angularly offset, in particular by 90 °, around the axis 84 relative to the console 76, that is to say with respect to the common plane not referenced axes 56, in the case where the device according to invention 63 is placed near a nip point or protruding from wall 3, as also shown in half of right of Figure 9, it being understood that the settings of level of brackets 85 are mutually independent when two brackets are thus provided on the same console 76, of even that their settings are mutually independent orientation to it.

Ceci permet d'offrir au mieux, à des éléments de la charpente 65 de la toiture à lever, un appui réparti sur la face supérieure 79 de la console 76 et sur les faces supérieures 93 des bras 87 des équerres 85.This makes it possible to best offer elements of the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted, support distributed over the upper face 79 of the console 76 and on the upper faces 93 arms 87 brackets 85.

En outre, les bras 87 des équerres 85 sont conformés de façon à pouvoir être liés rigidement entre eux, d'une équerre 85 portée par une console 76 à une équerre 85 portée par une console 76 voisine, pour constituer autour de la charpente 65 une ceinture dynamique, c'est-à-dire offrant un appui aussi continu que possible aux éléments de la charpente 65 pendant son levage et après celui-ci, pendant que l'on réhausse les murs 3 jusqu'au niveau souhaité.In addition, the arms 87 of the brackets 85 are shaped so that they can be rigidly linked together, bracket 85 carried by a console 76 to a bracket 85 carried by a neighboring console 76, to constitute around the frame 65 a dynamic belt, that is to say offering a support as continuous as possible for structural elements 65 during lifting and after lifting, while raises walls 3 to the desired level.

A cet effet, comme il ressort également de l'examen de la figure 9, le bras 87 est constitué par un profilé creux, à section en U ouverte vers le haut, c'est-à-dire vers sa face 93, afin de pouvoir recevoir intérieurement une poutre rectiligne, rigide 94 de liaison avec le bras supérieur 87 d'une autre équerre 85, correspondant à une console 76 voisine, de telle sorte que cette poutre 94 prolonge horizontalement le bras 87 et offre aussi un appui à des éléments de la charpente 65, par une face supérieure 95 perpendiculaire à l'axe 84 et approximativement coplanaire avec la face 93 du bras 87.To this end, as will also appear from the examination in Figure 9, the arm 87 is constituted by a profile hollow, U-section open upwards, i.e. towards its face 93, in order to be able to receive internally a straight, rigid beam 94 for connection with the upper arm 87 from another bracket 85, corresponding to a console 76 neighbor, so that this beam 94 extends horizontally arm 87 and also provides support for elements of the frame 65, by an upper face 95 perpendicular to axis 84 and approximately coplanar with the face 93 of the arm 87.

La poutre 94 a été illustrée aux figures 5 et 6, notamment, sous forme d'un profilé en I, dont l'une des ailes définit la face supérieure 95, mais d'autres modes de réalisation pourraient être choisis sans que l'on sorte pour autant du cadre de la présente invention. The beam 94 has been illustrated in FIGS. 5 and 6, in particular, in the form of an I-profile, one of the wings of which defines the upper face 95, but other modes of achievement could be chosen without going out for as much of the scope of the present invention.

De préférence, la poutre 94 est retenue de façon démontable sur les deux bras 87 qu'elle relie par des moyens autorisant un basculement vertical limité, compatible avec les éventuels écarts de course entre les consoles 76 ou 77 pendant l'élévation de la toiture ; à titre d'exemple non limitatif, on peut admettre à cet égard une tolérance de 3% sur un mètre de course dans le cas de l'utilisation de vérins, décrits ultérieurement, pour déplacer les consoles 76 ou 77 le long des tiges de guidage 64, cette tolérance pouvant être ramenée à 0% par utilisation de règles électroniques de correction.Preferably, the beam 94 is retained so removable on the two arms 87 which it connects by means allowing limited vertical tilting, compatible with possible race deviations between consoles 76 or 77 during the raising of the roof; as an example no limitative, we can accept a tolerance of 3% in this regard over a meter of travel in the case of the use of cylinders, described later, for moving consoles 76 or 77 along the guide rods 64, this tolerance can be reduced to 0% by using electronic rules correction.

Par exemple, la poutre 94 est emboítée à l'intérieur du profilé en U constituant chaque bras 87. Elle y est retenue d'une part par engagement de son tronçon extrême, reçu à l'intérieur du profilé, sous une goupille horizontale 96 qui longe la face supérieure 93 du bras 87 à proximité de l'extrémité libre de celui-ci et traverse de part en part le profilé, perpendiculairement à celui-ci, dans une position telle que subsiste vis-à-vis de la poutre 94 un jeu vertical limité autorisant le basculement vertical limité précité ainsi qu'un coulissement de la poutre 94 à l'intérieur du profilé. Elle est retenue d'autre part par engagement d'une autre goupille horizontale 97, amovible, parallèle à la goupille 96 mais disposée hors du bras 87 et raccordée à ce dernier par des tirants tels que 98 articulés sur lui autour d'un axe 129 parallèle à la goupille 96 et réglables en longueur, dans un trou convenablement choisi, horizontalement, la poutre 94 dans des emplacements régulièrement répartis le long de celle-ci, au moins à proximité du tronçon extrême précité.For example, the beam 94 is fitted inside U-shaped profile constituting each arm 87. It is there retained on the one hand by engagement of its extreme section, received inside the profile, under a horizontal pin 96 which runs along the upper face 93 of the arm 87 near the free end of it and goes right through profiled, perpendicular to it, in a position as there remains vis-à-vis the beam 94 a vertical clearance limited allowing the aforementioned limited vertical tilting as well as a sliding of the beam 94 inside the streamlined. It is also retained by engagement of a another horizontal pin 97, removable, parallel to the pin 96 but placed outside the arm 87 and connected to it last by tie rods such as 98 hinged around it an axis 129 parallel to the pin 96 and adjustable in length, in a suitably chosen hole, horizontally, beam 94 in locations regularly distributed along it, at least near the section extreme above.

Les écarts précités de course entre les consoles 76 ou 77 se traduisent par une variation de la distance séparant les axes 129 correspondant à deux bras 87 recevant une même poutre 94, et chaque tirant 98 comporte de préférence des moyens autorisant une variation élastique limitée de la distance séparant mutuellement l'axe 129, fixe par rapport au bras 87 correspondant, et la goupille 97, fixe par rapport à la poutre 94. Par exemple, à cet effet, chaque tirant tel que 98 présente la forme d'une tige rectiligne 210, de section constante et de direction perpendiculaire à l'axe 129.A une extrémité, cette tige 210 porte solidairement un manchon 133 engagé coaxialement sur la goupille 97 et retenu de façon amovible sur celle-ci, par tout moyen approprié et par exemple par goupillage. Par un tronçon jouxtant son extrémité opposée, la tige 210 est reçue et guidée au coulissement, perpendiculairement à l'axe 129, dans un manchon 130 lui-même articulé autour de l'axe 129 sur le bras 87. De part et d'autre du manchon 130, respectivement, la tige 210 porte une butée fixe réglable 131, 132, par exemple réalisée sous la forme d'une anneau fendu fixé par serrage sur la tige 120, l'espacement mutuel des deux butées 131, 132 dans le sens de la longueur de la tige 210 étant supérieur à la dimension correspondante du manchon 130 pour autoriser ladite variation, et un ressort hélicoïdal 134, coaxial à la tige, est maintenu en contrainte de compression entre le manchon 130 et l'une des butées, par exemple la butée 132 située à l'opposé du manchon 133 pour raccorder chaque poutre 94 aux deux bras 87 qui la portent.The aforementioned race deviations between the consoles 76 or 77 result in a variation of the distance separating the axes 129 corresponding to two arms 87 receiving the same beam 94, and each tie rod 98 preferably comprises means allowing a limited elastic variation of the distance mutually separating axis 129, fixed with respect to arm 87 corresponding, and the pin 97, fixed relative to beam 94. For example, for this purpose, each tie rod such that 98 has the shape of a straight rod 210, of section constant and direction perpendicular to the axis 129. At a end, this rod 210 integrally carries a sleeve 133 coaxially engaged on pin 97 and retained so removable thereon, by any appropriate means and by example by pinning. By a section adjoining its end opposite, the rod 210 is received and guided to slide, perpendicular to the axis 129, in a sleeve 130 itself articulated around axis 129 on arm 87. On both sides other of the sleeve 130, respectively, the rod 210 carries a adjustable fixed stop 131, 132, for example produced under the shape of a split ring fixed by tightening on the rod 120, the mutual spacing of the two stops 131, 132 in the direction of the length of the rod 210 being greater than the dimension corresponding of the sleeve 130 to authorize said variation, and a helical spring 134, coaxial with the rod, is maintained in compressive stress between the sleeve 130 and one of the stops, for example the stop 132 located opposite sleeve 133 for connecting each beam 94 to the two arms 87 who wear it.

L'utilisation d'équerres 85, en un ou deux exemplaires, conjointement avec une console 76 et avec des poutres 94 de raccordement entre les bras 87 respectifs de ces équerres 85 convient tout particulièrement lorsque la charpente 65 de la toiture à lever présente des éléments répartis le long d'une ligne horizontale, comme ce peut être le cas par exemple le long d'une panne sablière, en bas de pente d'une toiture à deux ou quatre pentes.The use of brackets 85, in one or two copies, together with a console 76 and with beams 94 connecting between the respective arms 87 of these brackets 85 are particularly suitable when the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted has elements distributed along a horizontal line, as it can be the case for example along a sand break, at the bottom of slope of a roof with two or four slopes.

Le levage d'une toiture à quatre pentes peut ainsi s'effectuer uniquement au moyen de consoles 76 munies d'équerres 85 elles-mêmes munies de poutres 94 de raccordement mutuel, prenant appui sous les pannes sablières ou sous les arbalétriers, le long de celles-ci, comme on l'a illustré aux figures 8 et 11.The lifting of a roof with four slopes can thus only be carried out using consoles 76 fitted brackets 85 themselves provided with connecting beams 94 mutual, taking support under the sand pits or under the crossbowmen, along these, as illustrated Figures 8 and 11.

Dans le cas d'une toiture à deux pentes, par contre, il est préférable d'agir également sous les arbalétriers des murs pignons ou sous les pannes le long de ces arbalétriers, et on utilise à cet effet, conjointement avec une console 76 éventuellement munie d'une seule équerre 85, si le dispositif selon l'invention 63 se trouve à l'angle de deux murs, comme le montrent les figures 4 à 7, un dispositif 99 de liaison qui s'accommode de la pente du toit. Un montage en tout point similaire peut avantageusement être utilisé au niveau de murs de refend, qu'il s'agisse de lever une toiture à deux pentes ou de lever une toiture à quatre pentes, de façon non illustrée mais aisément transposable, par un Homme du métier, à partir du montage qui va être décrit.In the case of a two-slope roof, for example against, it is better to act also under the rafters gable walls or under purlins along these crossbowmen, and we use for this purpose, together with a console 76 possibly provided with a single bracket 85, if the device according to the invention 63 is at the angle of two walls, as shown in Figures 4 to 7, a device 99 of connection which accommodates the slope of the roof. A montage any similar point can advantageously be used at level of cross walls, whether to raise a roof with two slopes or to raise a roof with four slopes, not illustrated but easily transposable, by a Man of the trade, from the assembly which will be described.

Le dispositif de liaison 99 peut être monté sur le palier 83 de la console 76 d'une façon identique à une équerre 85, par l'intermédiaire d'une embase 100 munie à cet effet d'une chape 114 en tout point comparable à la chape 89.The connecting device 99 can be mounted on the bearing 83 of console 76 in a manner identical to that of bracket 85, via a base 100 provided for this effect of a yoke 114 in every way comparable to yoke 89.

Cette embase 100 définit un palier d'articulation, autour d'un axe 101 perpendiculaire aux deux axes 56, c'est-à-dire horizontal, pour un berceau 102 de réception d'une poutre rigide 103, rectiligne et de direction perpendiculaire à l'axe 101, que l'on dispose le long de l'arbalétrier de façon à prendre appui soit sous celui-ci, soit sous les pannes de la charpente 65, le cas échéant par l'intermédiaire de cales appropriées, et que l'on fait reposer sur au moins deux berceaux 102, correspondant à deux dispositifs selon l'invention 63 répartis sur le pignon. La poutre 103 est par exemple constituée par un profilé métallique en I dont une aile, par exemple l'aile supérieure, est reçue et guidée au coulissement suivant sa direction perpendiculaire à l'axe 101 dans une zone profilée complémentairement du berceau 102. Avantageusement, la poutre 103 fait partie d'une ferme 136, de préférence réglable dont elle constitue un arbalétrier et que l'on vient rapporter sous la charpente 65 le long du pignon, de façon amovible, pour assurer la continuité, à ce niveau, de la ceinture dynamique formée par ailleurs par les équerres 85 et les poutres 94. Une telle ferme réglable peut également être prévue le long de murs de refend, de préférence en deux exemplaires disposés respectivement de part et d'autre de chaque mur de refend, pour assurer à ce niveau les mêmes fonctions de reprise de charge, lors du levage, et de lien de continuité de la ceinture dynamique. De façon aisément concevable par un Homme du métier, une telle ferme 136 est avantageusement constituée d'un assemblage de profilés métalliques rectilignes, à raison de deux arbalétriers tels que 103 articulés entre eux, et raccordés chacun par un dispositif 99 à la console 76 d'au moins un dispositif selon l'invention respectif et d'au moins un entrait 135, de préférence télescopique, articulé sur ces deux arbalétriers afin d'autoriser une adaptation de la géométrie de la ferme à celle de la charpente 65 et d'assurer un appui de chaque panne sur la ferme réglable, le cas échéant par l'intermédiaire de dispositifs de calage appropriés ; les différents axes d'articulation, tels que 137, définis par exemple par des chapes telles que 138, sont mutuellement parallèles et perpendiculaires à un plan moyen, non référencé, de la ferme 136, lequel est orienté sensiblement parallèlement au mur pignon ou au mur de refend associé ; les arbalétriers tels que 103 peuvent eux-mêmes être télescopiques, ou être sectionnés à la longueur voulue sur site mais on peut également prévoir d'en laisser dépasser de la toiture une longueur plus ou moins grande suivant les dimensions de la toiture, le cas échéant par une épargne aménagée à cet effet dans les murs.This base 100 defines an articulation bearing, around an axis 101 perpendicular to the two axes 56, that is to say horizontal, for a cradle 102 for receiving a rigid beam 103, straight and perpendicular in direction to axis 101, which we have along the crossbowman of so as to be supported either under it or under the frame 65 failures, if any through of suitable shims, and that one rests on at least two cradles 102, corresponding to two devices according to the invention 63 distributed over the pinion. Beam 103 is by example consisting of an I-shaped metal profile, one of which wing, for example the upper wing, is received and guided to the sliding in its direction perpendicular to the axis 101 in a zone that is complementary to the cradle 102. Advantageously, the beam 103 is part of a farm 136, preferably adjustable of which it constitutes a crossbowman and that we just brought under the frame 65 along the pinion, removably, to ensure continuity, at this level, of the dynamic belt otherwise formed by brackets 85 and beams 94. Such an adjustable truss can also be provided along cross walls, preferably in two copies arranged respectively on the part and other side of each cross wall, to ensure at this level the same load recovery functions, during lifting, and dynamic belt continuity link. In a way easily conceivable by a skilled person, such a farm 136 advantageously consists of an assembly of straight metal profiles, with two rafters such as 103 hinged together, and each connected by a device 99 to the console 76 of at least one device according to the respective invention and at least one entry 135, of preferably telescopic, articulated on these two rafters to allow an adaptation of the geometry of the farm to that of frame 65 and ensure support from each breakdown on the adjustable truss, if necessary via suitable wedging devices; the different articulation axes, such as 137, defined for example by yokes such as 138, are mutually parallel and perpendicular to an average plane, not referenced, of the farm 136, which is oriented substantially parallel to the wall gable or associated cross wall; crossbowmen such that 103 can themselves be telescopic, or be cut to length on site but you can also plan to allow a length to protrude from the roof larger or smaller depending on the dimensions of the roof, the where appropriate by savings arranged for this purpose in the walls.

Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément que l'articulation de chaque berceau 102 autour d'un axe 101 par rapport à la console 76, permet de s'adapter à chaque condition d'implantation, et notamment d'orienter si nécessaire l'axe 101 perpendiculairement au plan non référencé des axes 56, comme on l'a illustré dans la moitié de droite des figures 4 et 7, dans le cas d'un dispositif selon l'invention 63 placé sur un mur pignon ou sur un mur de refend, par exemple à proximité de la panne faítière.A skilled person will readily understand that the joint of each cradle 102 around an axis 101 by compared to the console 76, allows to adapt to each installation conditions, and in particular to orient if necessary the axis 101 perpendicular to the non-referenced plane of the axes 56, as illustrated in the right half of Figures 4 and 7, in the case of a device according to the invention 63 placed on a gable wall or on a cross wall, for example near the ridge failure.

On observera que, lorsque plusieurs dispositifs selon l'invention sont répartis sur un mur pignon, dans le cas d'une toiture à deux pentes, ou sur un mur de refend, dans le cas d'une toiture à deux ou quatre pentes, il n'est pas indispensable d'assurer une liaison rigide entre la poutre 103 de la ferme réglable 136 et la console 76 du dispositif selon l'invention 63 la plus proche du mur pignon ou du mur de refend, respectivement. Au contraire, il peut être préférable d'utiliser un dispositif qui, tout en assurant une liaison entre la poutre 103 et cette console 76, autorise un léger débattement mutuel dans le sens de la hauteur, notamment, afin d'absorber les éventuelles différences de course entre les consoles 76 ou 77.It will be observed that, when several devices according to the invention are distributed on a gable wall, in the case of a roof with two slopes, or on a cross wall, in the case of a roof with two or four slopes, it is not not essential to ensure a rigid connection between the beam 103 of adjustable truss 136 and console 76 of device according to the invention 63 closest to the gable wall or the cross wall, respectively. On the contrary, it can be better to use a device which while ensuring a connection between the beam 103 and this console 76, allows a slight mutual movement in the direction of the height, in particular, in order to absorb any differences between the consoles 76 or 77.

Dans ces conditions, on remplace avantageusement le dispositif 99, qui assure une liaison rigide entre la poutre 103 et la console 76, par un dispositif 139 de liaison qui va être décrit à présent, en référence à la figure 13.Under these conditions, the device 99, which provides a rigid connection between the beam 103 and the console 76, by a connecting device 139 which goes now be described with reference to Figure 13.

Ce dispositif est conçu pour se positionner sur l'un ou l'autre des paliers 83 de la console 76, d'une façon identique au dispositif 99, et présente à cet effet une embase plate 140, verticale en position d'utilisation, munie d'une chape non visible à la figure 13 mais en tout point comparable avec la chape 114 ou la chape 89, pour assurer le montage du dispositif 139 sur le palier 83 correspondant de la console 76. Le dispositif 139 dans son ensemble présente une symétrie par rapport à un plan vertical non référencé qui constitue également un plan de symétrie pour la chape assurant son montage sur le palier 83 de la console 76 et inclut l'axe 84 de ce palier 83 ainsi que l'axe 53, après montage du dispositif 139 sur la console 76, de telle sorte qu'un même dispositif 139 peut être utilisé indifféremment à droite et à gauche d'une console 76, si l'on se place face à une telle console.This device is designed to position itself on either of the bearings 83 of the console 76, in a way identical to device 99, and for this purpose has a flat base 140, vertical in use position, fitted a screed not visible in Figure 13 but at all points comparable with clevis 114 or clevis 89, to ensure the mounting of the device 139 on the corresponding bearing 83 of the console 76. The device 139 as a whole has symmetry with respect to an unreferenced vertical plane which also constitutes a plane of symmetry for the screed ensuring its mounting on the bearing 83 of the console 76 and includes axis 84 of this bearing 83 as well as axis 53, after mounting the device 139 on the console 76, so that the same device 139 can be used indifferently to right and left of a console 76, if one faces such a console.

L'embase 140 du dispositif 139 présente la forme générale d'un cadre rectangulaire, comportant deux montants verticaux 141, mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan de symétrie précité de ce dispositif, et deux traverses horizontales 142, respectivement supérieure et inférieure, raccordant rigidement les deux montants 141 respectivement à leur partie supérieure et à leur partie inférieure, perpendiculairement à ce plan de symétrie.The base 140 of the device 139 has the form general of a rectangular frame, comprising two uprights vertical 141, mutually symmetrical about the plane of aforementioned symmetry of this device, and two crosspieces horizontal 142, respectively upper and lower, rigidly connecting the two uprights 141 respectively to their upper part and their lower part, perpendicularly to this plane of symmetry.

Avantageusement, l'embase 140 est réglée dans le sens de la hauteur par rapport à la console 76, par des moyens analogues à ceux qui ont été cités à propos des équerres 85, de telle sorte que sa traverse supérieure 142 se place à une distance compatible avec le débattement mutuel précité sous la panne sablière de la charpente 65 de la toiture à lever.Advantageously, the base 140 is adjusted in the direction of height in relation to console 76, by means similar to those which have been cited in connection with brackets 85, so that its upper cross member 142 is place at a distance compatible with mutual travel cited above under the sandblast of the frame 65 of the roof to be lifted.

A l'intérieur du cadre ainsi défini par l'embase 140 sont montées de façon rigide des tiges verticales 143 dont l'une est située dans le plan de symétrie du dispositif 139 et les deux autres sont mutuellement symétriques par rapport à ce plan ; les tiges 143 relient ainsi entre elles les deux traverses 142, de façon rigide. Sur les trois tiges 143 est monté au libre coulissement vertical, par rapport à l'embase 140, un coulisseau 144 qui porte solidairement, en porte-à-faux à l'opposé de la chape d'articulation de l'embase 140 sur la console 76, un arbre 145 portant lui-même, avec guidage à la rotation relative autour d'un axe 146 horizontal et dans le plan de symétrie précité du dispositif 139, ainsi que possibilité de coulissement limité parallèlement à cet axe, un berceau 147 en tout point analogue au berceau 102 et coopérant de façon analogue avec la poutre 103; toutefois, dans l'exemple illustré à la figure 13, c'est l'aile inférieure de celle-ci qui est reçue et guidée au coulissement, suivant une direction perpendiculaire à l'axe 146, qui est également la direction de la poutre 103, dans une zone profilée complémentairement du berceau 147, étant entendu que c'est l'aile supérieure de la poutre 103 qui, dans le cas de cet exemple de la figure 13, comme de celui des figures 4 à 7, prend appui sous les pannes de la charpente 65 pour leur appliquer un effort de levage par action des dispositifs selon l'invention 63 répartis sur le mur pignon ou, selon le cas, sur le mur de refend.Inside the frame thus defined by the base 140 are rigidly mounted vertical rods 143 one of which is located in the plane of symmetry of the device 139 and the other two are mutually symmetrical by relation to this plan; the rods 143 thus link together the two crosspieces 142, rigidly. On the three rods 143 is mounted for free vertical sliding, relative to the base 140, a slide 144 which bears integrally, in overhang opposite the articulation clevis of the base 140 on the console 76, a shaft 145 bearing itself, with guide to relative rotation about an axis 146 horizontal and in the aforementioned plane of symmetry of the device 139, as well as limited sliding possibility parallel at this axis, a cradle 147 at every point similar to the cradle 102 and cooperating in a similar manner with the beam 103; however, in the example illustrated in Figure 13, this is the lower wing thereof which is received and guided to the sliding, in a direction perpendicular to the axis 146, which is also the direction of beam 103, in a profiled area complementary to the cradle 147, being understood that it is the upper wing of the beam 103 which, in the case of this example of figure 13, like that of Figures 4 to 7, is supported under the purlins of the frame 65 to apply a lifting effort per action devices according to the invention 63 distributed on the wall gable or, as the case may be, on the cross wall.

Un tel dispositif 63 peut avantageusement être utilisé pour agir sur les deux poutres 103, formant arbalétrier, de la ferme réglable 136, au niveau de leur articulation mutuelle, ainsi que sous la panne faítière, comme on l'a illustré à la figure 4.Such a device 63 can advantageously be used to act on the two beams 103, forming a crossbowman, of the adjustable truss 136, at their articulation mutual, as well as under the blackout, as we have illustrated in figure 4.

Dans ce cas, un dispositif selon l'invention 63 est disposé immédiatement en dessous de la panne faítière, de telle sorte que son axe 53 soit sécant de la panne faítière et, autant que possible, que le plan de symétrie 21 de la platine murale 1 et du plateau de maintien 42 coïncide avec un plan vertical médian de symétrie de celle-ci, comme le montre la figure 14.In this case, a device according to the invention 63 is located immediately below the rim, so that its axis 53 is secant from the ridge failure and, as much as possible, that the plane of symmetry 21 of the wall plate 1 and retaining plate 42 coincides with a vertical median plane of symmetry thereof, like the shows figure 14.

La console 76, non visible à la figure 14, de ce dispositif selon l'invention 63 porte, par ses deux paliers 83 également non visibles à cette figure, un dispositif 148 de liaison comportant une embase 149 en tout point comparable à l'embase 142 quant à sa conformation en cadre rectangulaire comportant deux montants verticaux 150 mutuellement symétriques par rapport à un plan moyen de symétrie de l'embase 149, incluant l'axe 53 et confondu avec le plan 21 dans ce cas, et de deux traverses horizontales 151 perpendiculaires à ce plan, à raison d'une traverse supérieure raccordant mutuellement les extrémités supérieures des montants 150 et d'une traverse inférieure raccordant mutuellement les extrémités inférieures de ceux-ci. Toutefois, à la différence de l'embase 142, l'embase 150 présente deux chapes mutuellement symétriques par rapport à son plan de symétrie, pour permettre la liaison rigide , mais avec possibilité de réglage dans le sens de la hauteur, de l'embase 150 avec la console 76, par les deux paliers 83 de celle-ci simultanément ; le réglage dans le sens de la hauteur est tel que la traverse supérieure 151 prenne appui sous la panne faítière. Ces deux chapes ne sont pas liées à la figure 14, mais leur conception relève des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier ; elles sont en tout point identiques aux chapes 158 illustrés à la figure 15 à propos d'un autre dispositif 155 de liaison entre une console 76 et une poutre 103.The console 76, not visible in FIG. 14, of this device according to the invention 63 carries, by its two bearings 83 also not visible in this figure, a device 148 connection comprising a base 149 at any comparable point to the base 142 as to its conformation in a rectangular frame comprising two mutually symmetrical vertical uprights 150 relative to a mean plane of symmetry of the base 149, including axis 53 and merged with plane 21 in this case, and of two horizontal sleepers 151 perpendicular to it plan, at the rate of an upper cross connecting mutually the upper ends of the uprights 150 and a lower crossmember connecting ends lower of these. However, unlike base 142, base 150 has two mutually clevis symmetrical with respect to its plane of symmetry, to allow the rigid connection, but with the possibility of adjustment in the direction of the height, of the base 150 with the console 76, by the two bearings 83 thereof simultaneously; the adjustment in the height direction is such that the crosspiece upper 151 takes support under the ridge fault. These two screeds are not related to figure 14, but their design falls within the normal skills of a person skilled in the art; they are identical in all respects to the yokes 158 illustrated in the FIG. 15 about another device 155 for linking a console 76 and a beam 103.

A l'opposé des deux chapes, c'est-à-dire également de la console 76, l'embase 149 porte de façon solidaire un tableau 152 plan, vertical, parallèle à un plan défini par les axes 56 des deux tiges de guidage 64, le tableau 152 étant bordé par les deux montants 150 et les deux traverses 151.Opposite the two yokes, that is to say also of the console 76, the base 149 integrally carries a tableau 152 plane, vertical, parallel to a plane defined by the axes 56 of the two guide rods 64, the table 152 being bordered by the two uprights 150 and the two crosspieces 151.

En porte-à-faux à l'opposé des chapes de l'embase 149 ainsi que de la console 76, le tableau 152 porte de façon solidaire deux arbres 153 mutuellement symétriques par rapport au plan moyen de symétrie de l'embase 149 et situés à un même niveau; dans le sens de la hauteur, par rapport aux traverses 151, ces deux arbres 153 assurant le montage d'un berceau respectif 154, d'une part à la rotation d'un axe horizontal 155' parallèle au plan moyen de symétrie de l'embase 149, par rapport auquel les deux axes 155' sont mutuellement symétriques, et d'autre part à la translation limitée parallèlement à cet axe respectif 155'.Cantilevered opposite the base screeds 149 as well as console 76, table 152 carries so joined together two mutually symmetrical 153 trees by relative to the mean plane of symmetry of the base 149 and located at the same level; in the height direction, relative to sleepers 151, these two shafts 153 ensuring the mounting of a respective cradle 154, on the one hand to the rotation of an axis horizontal 155 'parallel to the mean plane of symmetry of the base 149, with respect to which the two axes 155 'are mutually symmetrical, and on the other hand to the translation limited parallel to this respective axis 155 '.

Chaque berceau 154 présente la forme générale d'un manchon radial par rapport à l'axe 155' respectif dans lequel est emboíté et retenu de façon solidaire mais amovible, par exemple par un clavetage non représenté,un tronçon extrême de l'une, respective, des poutres 103 constituant les arbalétriers de la ferme réglable 136, si bien que l'articulation mutuelle de ces poutres 103 s'effectue par l'intermédiaire de leur articulation autour de l'axe 155' respectif sur le tableau 152.Each cradle 154 has the general shape of a radial sleeve with respect to the respective axis 155 ′ in which is fitted and retained in a solid but removable manner, by example by keying not shown, an extreme section of one, respectively, of beams 103 constituting the rafters of the adjustable truss 136, so that the joint mutual of these beams 103 is carried out through their articulation around the respective axis 155 'on the table 152.

Le cas échéant, on peut prévoir une possibilité de débattement limité du tableau 152 dans le sens de la hauteur par rapport à l'embase 149, par exemple au moyen d'un guidage au coulissement en tout point analogue à celui du coulisseau 144, par l'intermédiaire des tiges 143, par rapport à l'embase 140 du dispositif 139 décrit en référence à la figure 13.If necessary, provision may be made for table 152 limited travel in the height direction relative to the base 149, for example by means of a guide sliding at any point similar to that of the slide 144, through rods 143, relative to the base 140 of the device 139 described with reference to the figure 13.

Un montage quelque peu similaire peut être utilisé sous les pannes intermédiaires, comme le montre la figure 15 où l'on a illustré notamment un dispositif selon l'invention 63 monté sur un mur pignon ou sur un mur de refend, sous une panne intermédiaire de la charpente 65 et plus précisément dans une position, par rapport à cette panne intermédiaire identique à la position qu'occupe le dispositif 63 décrit en référence à la figure 14, par rapport à la panne faítière.A somewhat similar arrangement can be used under intermediate failures, as shown in Figure 15 where there is illustrated in particular a device according to the invention 63 mounted on a gable wall or on a cross wall, under a intermediate failure of frame 65 and more specifically in a position, in relation to this intermediate breakdown identical to the position occupied by the device 63 described in reference to Figure 14, with respect to the ridge failure.

Pour assurer la liaison entre la console 76 et la panne intermédiaire, d'une part, et la poutre 103 formant arbalétrier de la ferme 136, d'autre part, sur les deux paliers 83 de la console 76 est monté un dispositif de liaison 155 comportant notamment une embase 156 en tout point identique à l'embase 149, et munie comme celle-ci, sur ses montants 157 en tout point identiques aux montants 150, d'une chape respective 158 de liaison avec l'un, respectif, des paliers 83 de la console 76, avec possibilité de réglage en hauteur de telle sorte que l'une, supérieure, des traverses 159 de l'embase 156, en tout point identique aux traverses 151 de l'embase 149, prenne appui sous la panne intermédiaire considérée.To ensure the connection between the console 76 and the intermediate failure, on the one hand, and the beam 103 forming crossbowman from farm 136, on the other hand, on both bearings 83 of the console 76 is mounted a device for link 155 including in particular a base 156 at any point identical to base 149, and fitted like this, on its amounts 157 in all respects identical to amounts 150, respective clevis 158 of connection with one, respective, of bearings 83 of console 76, with possibility of adjustment in height so that the upper one of the crosspieces 159 from base 156, identical at all points to the sleepers 151 of base 149, take support under the intermediate failure considered.

Par un ensemble de tiges verticales 160 en tout point conformes aux tiges 143 du dispositif 139 décrit en référence à la figure 13, et raccordant solidairement les deux traverses 159, l'embase 156 porte, avec possibilité de coulissement vertical limité, un coulisseau non représenté mais en tout point conforme au coulisseau 144, portant lui-même solidairement un arbre 161 en saillie à l'opposé des chapes 158, suivant un axe horizontal 162 situé dans le plan moyen de symétrie de l'embase 156, passant par l'axe 53 et coïncidant avec le plan 21 ainsi que, au moins approximativement, avec un plan longitudinal médian de la panne intermédiaire en question.By a set of vertical rods 160 in all point conforming to the rods 143 of the device 139 described in reference to FIG. 13, and connecting the two sleepers 159, base 156 carries, with possibility of limited vertical sliding, a slide not shown but in all respects to slide 144, bearing itself jointly a shaft 161 projecting opposite the yokes 158, along a horizontal axis 162 located in the plane means of symmetry of the base 156, passing through the axis 53 and coinciding with plane 21 as well as, at least approximately, with a median longitudinal plane of the intermediate breakdown in question.

Cet arbre 161 porte lui-même, avec possibilité de coulissement limité suivant l'axe 162, et guide en rotation autour de l'axe 162, par rapport au coulisseau un berceau 163' en tout point analogue au berceau 147, notamment quant à la réception et au guidage coulissant de la poutre 103 par l'aile inférieure du profilé en I constituant celle-ci.This tree 161 carries itself, with the possibility of limited sliding along axis 162, and guide in rotation around the axis 162, with respect to the slide a cradle 163 'in all respects similar to cradle 147, in particular as regards upon reception and sliding guide of the beam 103 by the lower wing of the I-section constituting the latter.

Par chacun des dispositifs 139, 148, 155 qui viennent d'être décrits en référence aux figures 13 à 15, le ou chaque berceau 147, 154, 163' est libre de se déplacer, de façon limitée, aussi bien verticalement qu'horizontalement , à savoir dans le sens d'un éloignement ou d'un rapprochement par rapport au mur pignon ou au mur de refend associé, si bien que l'utilisation d'une ferme réglable 136 est compatible avec les tolérances dans la course ascendante des différentes consoles 76, d'une part, et avec les tolérances dans la planéité du mur pignon ou du mur de refend portant les dispositifs selon l'invention 63, d'autre part. De préférence, à certains des dispositifs de liaison 139, 148, 155 ou à l'un d'entre eux seulement, notamment lorsqu'il s'agit du dispositif 148 constituant l'articulation mutuelle des deux poutres 103 et assurant le levage de la poutre faítière par action directe sur cette dernière, comme c'est le cas dans l'exemple de réalisation de ce dispositif 148 décrit en référence à la figure 14, peuvent être associés des moyens d'immobilisation du ou de chaque berceau correspondant, dans le sens de la hauteur, par rapport à l'embase correspondante, cette immobilisation pouvant s'effectuer par calage ou par tout autre moyen. By each of the devices 139, 148, 155 which have just been described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 15, the or each cradle 147, 154, 163 'is free to move, from in a limited way, both vertically and horizontally, namely in the sense of a distance or a rapprochement relative to the gable wall or the associated cross wall, if although the use of an adjustable truss 136 is compatible with the tolerances in the upward race of different 76 consoles, on the one hand, and with tolerances in the flatness of the gable wall or the bearing wall bearing the devices according to the invention 63, on the other hand. Of in preference to some of the connecting devices 139, 148, 155 or only one of them, especially when this is the device 148 constituting the mutual articulation of the two beams 103 and ensuring the lifting of the beam ridge by direct action on the latter, as it is the case in the embodiment of this device 148 described with reference to FIG. 14, may be associated with means of immobilizing the or each corresponding cradle, in the height direction, relative to the base corresponding, this immobilization can be carried out by wedging or by any other means.

Les dispositifs de liaison 139, 148, 155 peuvent être utilisés conjointement, en association avec une ferme réglable 136, ou encore séparément ; en particulier, les dispositifs 99 peuvent remplacer les dispositifs 139 en association avec les dispositifs 148 et/ou 155.The connecting devices 139, 148, 155 can be used jointly, in association with a farm adjustable 136, or separately; in particular, devices 99 can replace devices 139 by association with devices 148 and / or 155.

On observera que, lorsqu'on utilise des dispositifs de liaison 139, 148, 155, ce sont les embases 149, 156 de ces derniers qui prennent appui sous les pannes pour assurer le levage de la charpente 65 au niveau des murs pignon ou des murs de refend, alors que les poutres 103 n'entrent en principe pas en contact avec la charpente et assurent simplement la continuité de la ceinture dynamique précitée au niveau des murs pignon et des murs de refend.It will be observed that, when using devices of connection 139, 148, 155, these are the bases 149, 156 of these who are supported under the breakdowns to ensure the lifting of frame 65 at the gable walls or cross walls, while beams 103 do not come into principle not in contact with the frame and ensure simply the continuity of the aforementioned dynamic belt at level of gable walls and cross walls.

On peut également prévoir de faire coopérer les poutres 103 de la ferme réglable 136 directement avec les pannes, notamment les pannes intermédiaires, de préférence en prévoyant que ce soit à proximité de celles-ci que se situe l'articulation d'un entrait 135 de la ferme réglable 136 avec la poutre 103 considérée. Alors, avantageusement, c'est un dispositif constituant la chape 138 d'articulation mutuelle de l'entrait 135 et de la poutre 103 qui assure également la liaison de celle-ci avec la panne considérée, comme il ressort des figures 16 et 17 qui illustrent deux modes de réalisation d'un tel dispositif, référencés respectivement 163 et 164. Sur chacune de ces figures 16 et 17, l'entrait 135 est illustré comme la poutre 103 sous forme d'un profilé métallique en I, présentant une âme verticale et deux ailes, respectivement supérieure et inférieure, l'une et l'autre horizontales dans le cas de l'entrait 135 alors qu'elles sont inclinées par rapport à l'horizontale dans le cas de la poutre 103 formant arbalétrier. Naturellement, un Homme du métier adaptera les dispositions qui vont être décrites à d'autres modes de réalisation de l'entrait 135 et de la poutre 103 sans difficulté, et sans sortir pour autant du cadre de la présente invention. We can also plan to have the beams 103 of the adjustable truss 136 directly with the breakdowns, in particular intermediate breakdowns, preferably in providing that it is near them that is located the articulation of an entry 135 of the adjustable truss 136 with the beam 103 considered. So, advantageously, it's a device constituting the yoke 138 of mutual articulation of the entry 135 and of the beam 103 which also ensures the connection of the latter with the breakdown considered, as it is shown in Figures 16 and 17 which illustrate two modes of realization of such a device, referenced respectively 163 and 164. On each of these figures 16 and 17, the entry 135 is illustrated as the beam 103 in the form of a profile metallic I-shaped, with a vertical core and two wings, upper and lower respectively, one and the other horizontal in the case of entry 135 while they are inclined with respect to the horizontal in the case of the beam 103 forming a crossbowman. Naturally, a Man of profession will adapt the arrangements which will be described in other embodiments of entry 135 and beam 103 without difficulty, and without leaving the part of the present invention.

On se réfèrera en premier lieu à la figure 16, où l'on voit que le dispositif de liaison 163 comporte un fourreau rigide 165 engagé sur la poutre 103, par coulissement le long de celle-ci, et comportant à cet effet deux parois latérales plates, verticales, mutuellement parallèles 166, disposées respectivement de part et d'autre de la poutre 103 et formant la chape 138 en dessous de celle-ci, une paroi supérieure plane 167 reliant solidairement les deux parois latérales 166 et reposant sur l'aile supérieure de la poutre 103, et une paroi inférieure 168 longeant l'aile inférieure, de telle sorte que les parois 166, 167, 168 définissent entre elles un canal 169 dans lequel la poutre 103 est guidée au coulissement dans le sens de sa longueur, sans jeu autre qu'un jeu fonctionnel autorisant ce coulissement. Toutefois, 5 entre chacune des parois supérieure 167 et inférieure 168 et l'aile correspondante de la poutre 103 sont intercalés, à l'intérieur du canal 169, deux patins respectifs tels que 170, 171 qu'une vis de serrage respective telle que 172, traversant respectivement la paroi supérieure 167 ou la paroi inférieure 168 et coopérant par vissage avec cette paroi respectivement supérieure ou inférieure, permet, à volonté, soit de serrer sur l'aile correspondante de la poutre 103, pour immobiliser totalement celle-ci à l'intérieur du canal 169, par rapport au fourreau 165, dans toute position 5 relative voulue, soit de desserrer pour libérer la poutre 103 et le fourreau 165 vis-à-vis d'un coulissement relatif dans le sens de la longueur de la poutre 103.We will first refer to Figure 16, where we see that the connecting device 163 comprises a rigid sleeve 165 engaged on beam 103, by sliding along it, and comprising for this purpose two flat side walls, vertical, mutually parallel 166, arranged respectively on either side of the beam 103 and forming the yoke 138 below it, a wall planar top 167 integrally connecting the two walls side 166 and resting on the upper wing of the beam 103, and a lower wall 168 running along the lower wing, so that the walls 166, 167, 168 define between they a channel 169 in which the beam 103 is guided at sliding lengthwise, without other play than a functional game allowing this sliding. However, 5 between each of the upper 167 and lower 168 walls and the corresponding wing of the beam 103 are interposed, at inside channel 169, two respective pads such as 170, 171 than a respective clamping screw such as 172, crossing respectively the upper wall 167 or the wall lower 168 and cooperating by screwing with this wall respectively higher or lower, allows, at will, either to tighten on the corresponding wing of the beam 103, to completely immobilize it inside the canal 169, relative to the sleeve 165, in any position 5 relative desired, either to loosen to release the beam 103 and the sleeve 165 with respect to a relative sliding in the direction of the length of the beam 103.

En dessous de la paroi inférieure 168, les deux parois latérales 166 définissent l'axe 137 par un arbre 173 les raccordant mutuellement, de façon solidaire, suivant cet axe 137 et portant, avec possibilité de rotation autour de cet axe 137, un bras rectiligne 174, radial en référence à l'axe 137. Suivant un plan moyen non-référencé, perpendiculaire à cet axe 137, le bras 174 présente une fente continue 5 175 qui le subdivise en deux pattes 176 mutuellement symétriques par rapport à ce plan et dont chacune est radiale en référence à l'axe 137, comme le montre la figure 17 où l'on retrouve le bras 174 à l'identique. La fente 175 et les pattes 176 sont dimensionnées de telle sorte que l'âme du profilé constituant l'entrait 135 s'engage aussi précisément que possible dans la fente 175, entre les pattes 176, et que ces dernières, ainsi disposées respectivement de part et d'autre de cette âme, s'appliquent au mieux, à plat, contre l'aile supérieure et l'aile inférieure du profilé. Des trous 177 aménagés en vis-à-vis dans les deux pattes 176, perpendiculairement au plan moyen de symétrie entre ces dernières, reçoivent des vis non représentées traversant des trous correspondants, convenablement aménagés à cet effet dans l'âme du profilé constituant l'entrait 135, pour assurer une solidarisation de ce dernier avec le bras 174, dans une orientation radiale du profilé par rapport à l'axe 137. Cette orientation peut être choisie librement, en fonction de la pente du toit à lever, par pivotement de l'ensemble solidaire formé par l'entrait 135 et le bras 176 autour de l'axe 137 par rapport au fourreau 165 lui-même solidaire de la poutre 103, étant entendu que l'entrait 135 est en principe horizontal quelle que soit l'inclinaison de la poutre 103, adaptée à celle du toit, par rapport à l'horizontale.Below the bottom wall 168, the two side walls 166 define the axis 137 by a shaft 173 connecting them mutually, in solidarity, according to this axis 137 and bearing, with possibility of rotation around this axis 137, a rectilinear arm 174, radial with reference to axis 137. In a non-referenced mean plane, perpendicular at this axis 137, the arm 174 has a continuous slit 5 175 which subdivides it into two mutually symmetrical legs 176 relative to this plane and each of which is radial in reference to axis 137, as shown in figure 17 where we finds arm 174 identically. Slot 175 and legs 176 are sized so that the soul of the profile constituting the entry 135 also engages precisely as possible in the slot 175, between the legs 176, and that the latter, thus arranged respectively on the one hand and other of this soul, apply at best, flat, against the upper wing and the lower wing of the profile. Holes 177 arranged opposite in the two legs 176, perpendicularly in the mean plane of symmetry between them, receive unrepresented screws passing through holes correspondents, suitably furnished for this purpose in the core of the profile constituting the entry 135, to ensure a securing of the latter with the arm 174, in a radial orientation of the profile relative to the axis 137. This orientation can be freely chosen, depending on the slope of the roof to be lifted, by pivoting the integral assembly formed by the entry 135 and the arm 176 around the axis 137 relative to the sleeve 165 itself secured to the beam 103, it being understood that entry 135 is in principle horizontal whatever the inclination of the beam 103, adapted to that of the roof, relative to the horizontal.

Pour immobiliser mutuellement la poutre 103 et l'entrait 135 dans la position angulaire voulue, autour de l'axe 137, au dispositif 163 est associé un dispositif séparé 178 de blocage, lequel comporte un coulisseau inférieur 179 monté au coulissement le long de l'entrait 135, par l'aile supérieure de celui-ci, un coulisseau supérieur 180, monté au coulissement le long de la poutre 103, par l'aile inférieure de celle-ci, et une jambe de force rectiligne 181 raccordant mutuellement ces deux coulisseaux 179, 180 et articulée sur chacun d'entre eux autour d'un axe respectif 182, 183 parallèle à l'axe 137. Ce dispositif 178, disposé à l'intérieur de l'angle aigu formé par l'entrait 135 et la poutre 103 en référence à l'axe 137, peut être immobilisé par friction des pièces 179 et 180 sur l'aile du profilé respectivement associé, à savoir l'entrait 135 et la poutre 103, ou encore par effet de pincement appliqué au niveau de chaque pièce 179, 180 à l'aile respectivement associée, par exemple grâce à des patins commandés par vis, en tout point analogues aux patins 170, 171.To immobilize each other the beam 103 and entered it 135 in the desired angular position, around axis 137, to device 163 is associated a separate device 178 of blocking, which comprises a lower slide 179 slidably mounted along entry 135, by the wing upper of it, an upper slide 180, mounted at sliding along the beam 103, by the lower wing thereof, and a straight strut 181 connecting mutually these two slides 179, 180 and articulated on each of them around a respective axis 182, 183 parallel to axis 137. This device 178, arranged inside of the acute angle formed by the entry 135 and the beam 103 with reference to axis 137, can be immobilized by friction of parts 179 and 180 on the profile wing respectively associated, namely the entry 135 and the beam 103, or again by pinching effect applied at each part 179, 180 to the wing respectively associated, for example thanks to skids controlled by screws, similar in all respects on pads 170, 171.

La jambe de force 181 peut présenter une longueur constante, auquel cas le réglage de l'orientation relative de l'entrait 135 de la poutre 103 par rotation autour de l'axe 137 s'accompagne d'un coulissement des pièces 179 et 180 sur l'aile respectivement associée. On peut également prévoir que la jambe de force 181 présente une longueur réglable entre les axes 182 et 183, et soit par exemple réalisée sous forme d'un vérin à vis, auquel cas les pièces 179 et 180 sont immobilisées respectivement sur l'entrait 135 et sur la poutre 103 pendant le réglage d'orientation relative des ces derniers autour de l'axe 137, et l'on effectue ce réglage par réglage de la longueur de la jambe de force 181. La réalisation de ces différentes variantes du dispositif 178 relève des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier et ne sera pas détaillée davantage.The strut 181 may have a length constant, in which case setting the relative orientation of the entry 135 of the beam 103 by rotation about the axis 137 is accompanied by a sliding of parts 179 and 180 on the associated wing respectively. We can also foresee that the strut 181 has an adjustable length between axes 182 and 183, and is for example produced in the form a screw jack, in which case parts 179 and 180 are immobilized respectively on entry 135 and on beam 103 during the relative orientation adjustment of these last around axis 137, and this adjustment is made by adjustment of the length of the strut 181. The realization of these different variants of the device 178 falls normal skills of a skilled person and will not be detailed further.

Pour soutenir une panne intermédiaire non illustrée à la figure 16, et lui appliquer un effort de levage par levage de la ferme réglable 136, la paroi supérieure 167 du fourreau 165 porte solidairement, dans une zone extrême supérieure si l'on tient compte de la pente conjointe de cette paroi 167 et de la poutre 103, supposée en position sous la charpente 65 à lever, une chape 184 recevant et guidant, à la rotation autour d'un axe 186 parallèle à l'axe 137, un arbre coaxial 185 portant lui-même de façon solidaire, vers le haut, une équerre 187 destinée à servir d'appui à la panne intermédiaire d'une part vers le bas, verticalement, et d'autre part dans un sens horizontal dans lequel la pente du toit ainsi que la poutre 103 est descendante. To support an intermediate failure not shown in Figure 16, and apply a lifting force to it by lifting of the adjustable truss 136, the upper wall 167 of the scabbard 165 carries securely, in an extreme zone higher if we take into account the joint slope of this wall 167 and the beam 103, assumed to be in position under the frame 65 to be raised, a screed 184 receiving and guiding, to rotation about an axis 186 parallel to the axis 137, a coaxial shaft 185 carrying itself in an integral manner, upwards, a bracket 187 intended to serve as a support to the intermediate breakdown on the one hand vertically downwards, and on the other hand in a horizontal direction in which the slope of the roof as well as the beam 103 is descending.

A cet effet, l'équerre 187 présente une aile plate 188, présentant vers le haut de la pente un bord libre à proximité duquel elle est solidarisée, vers le bas, avec l'arbre 185, et vers le bas de la pente un bord portant solidairement une autre aile 189 perpendiculaire à l'aile 188 et parallèle à l'axe 186, ascendant à partir de son raccordement avec l'aile 188.For this purpose, the bracket 187 has a flat wing 188, showing a free edge at the top of the slope near which it is secured, downwards, with tree 185, and down the slope a bearing edge jointly another wing 189 perpendicular to wing 188 and parallel to axis 186, rising from its connection with wing 188.

Afin que, quelle que soit la pente de la poutre 103 et de la toiture elle-même par rapport à l'horizontale, l'aile 188 puisse être placée horizontalement et l'aile 189 verticalement, pour s'appuyer à plat contre la panne intermédiaire supposée verticale, ou encore présenter une orientation propre à s'appliquer ainsi à plat contre une panne présentant une orientation différente par rapport à l'horizontale, et par exemple une orientation perpendiculaire à la poutre 103, sont prévus des moyens de réglage de l'équerre 187 en orientation, autour de l'axe 186, par rapport au fourreau 165, qui vont être décrits à présent.So that, whatever the slope of the beam 103 and the roof itself with respect to the horizontal, wing 188 can be placed horizontally and wing 189 vertically, to rest flat against the intermediate failure assumed to be vertical, or to present an orientation suitable to be applied flat against a breakdown having a different orientation compared to the horizontal, and for example an orientation perpendicular to the beam 103, means for adjusting the angle are provided 187 in orientation, around axis 186, in relation to scabbard 165, which will now be described.

Ces moyens comportent, sur la paroi supérieure 167 du fourreau 165, deux tiges rectilignes 190 radiales en référence à l'axe 186 et parallèles à la paroi 167, c'est-à-dire à la direction générale du canal 169 et de la poutre 103. Chacune de ces tiges 190 présente, compte tenu de la pente qu'elle présente ainsi, une extrémité supérieure tournée vers le haut de la pente et solidarisée avec la paroi 167 par l'intermédiaire d'une butée 191 respective que cette paroi 167 porte de façon solidaire à proximité immédiate de son bord inférieur, c'est-à-dire de son bord tourné vers le bas de la pente.These means comprise, on the upper wall 167 sheath 165, two rectilinear rods 190 radial in reference to axis 186 and parallel to wall 167, that is to say to the general direction of channel 169 and the beam 103. Each of these rods 190 presents, taking into account the slope it presents as well, an upper end facing up the slope and secured to the wall 167 by means of a respective stop 191 that this wall 167 carries securely in the immediate vicinity of its lower edge, that is to say its edge facing the bottom of the slope.

Sur chacune de ces tiges 190 est monté au coulissement, avec possibilité d'immobilisation dans toute position réglée voulue le long des tiges 190, par exemple par l'intermédiaire d'un manchon respectif de serrage 192 sur la tige 190, un oeillet respectif 193 d'un sabot 194 ainsi guidé au coulissement par rapport à la paroi 167 du fourreau 165, le long des tiges 190. Eventuellement, de façon non visible aux figures, ce guidage du sabot 194 peut être complété par l'engagement d'un tenon de celui-ci dans une gorge aménagée, parallèlement aux tiges 190, dans la paroi supérieure 167 du fourreau 165.On each of these rods 190 is slidably mounted, with possibility of immobilization in any position set desired along the rods 190, for example via a respective clamping sleeve 192 on the rod 190, a respective eyelet 193 of a hoof 194 thus guided to the sliding relative to the wall 167 of the sleeve 165, the along the rods 190. Optionally, not visible to the figures, this guide of the shoe 194 can be supplemented by the engagement of a lug thereof in a fitted groove, parallel to the rods 190, in the upper wall 167 of the scabbard 165.

Le sabot 194 est ainsi disposé entre l'équerre 187 et les butées 191, c'est-à-dire décalé vers le bas de la pente par rapport à l'équerre 187, et présente vers cette dernière, c'est-à-dire vers le haut de la pente, un pan 195 plan, parallèle à l'axe 186 et incliné par rapport à la paroi 167 de façon à former avec celle-ci, vers le haut, un angle de préférence supérieur à 90° et par exemple de l'ordre de 135°, ce chiffre n'étant indiqué qu'à titre d'exemple non limitatif. Suivant un plan moyen de symétrie qui coïncide avec celui de la ferme réglable 136 et constitue également un plan moyen de symétrie pour l'ensemble du fourreau 165 et de l'équerre 187, le pan 195 est creusé d'une gorge 197 dans laquelle s'engage un tenon 196 que l'équerre 187 porte solidairement, vers le bas de la pente, à la jonction entre ses deux ailes 188 et 189. Respectivement de part et d'autre de la gorge 197 est aménagée dans le sabot 194 une lumière 198 parallèle au pan 195 et dans laquelle s'engage un ergot respectif 199 du tenon 196, de telle sorte que ce tenon 196 soit guidé au coulissement le long de la lumière 198 et soit susceptible de tourner en outre sur lui-même à l'intérieur de cette lumière 198 ; à cet effet, les deux ergots 199 présentent avantageusement une forme cylindrique de révolution autour d'un même axe 200 parallèle à l'axe 186.The shoe 194 is thus disposed between the bracket 187 and the stops 191, that is to say shifted down the slope relative to the square 187, and present towards this last, that is to say towards the top of the slope, a 195 pan plane, parallel to axis 186 and inclined with respect to the wall 167 so as to form an angle with it upwards preferably greater than 90 ° and for example of the order of 135 °, this figure being indicated only as an example not limiting. According to a mean plane of symmetry which coincides with that of the adjustable truss 136 and also constitutes a average plane of symmetry for the entire sheath 165 and the square 187, the pan 195 is hollowed out of a groove 197 in which engages a lug 196 that the bracket 187 carries jointly, down the slope, at the junction between its two wings 188 and 189. Respectively on both sides of the throat 197 is arranged in the shoe 194 a light 198 parallel to the pan 195 and in which a lug engages respective 199 of post 196, so that post 196 either guided along the light 198 and either likely to turn further on itself inside this light 198; for this purpose, the two pins 199 have advantageously a cylindrical shape of revolution around the same axis 200 parallel to the axis 186.

Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément qu'en faisant coulisser le sabot 194 le long des tiges 190, on provoque par coopération entre les ergots 199 du tenon 196 et les lumières 198 un mouvement de pivotement de l'équerre 187 autour de l'axe 186 par rapport au fourreau 165. Il relève des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier de conformer et de dimensionner l'ensemble des éléments portés par la paroi supérieure 167 du fourreau 165, tels qu'ils viennent d'être décrits sous les références numériques 184 à 200, de telle sorte que :

  • dans une position limite du sabot 194, dans laquelle le oeillets 193 viennent buter contre les butées 191, les ailes 188 et 189 de l'équerre 187 soient respectivement parallèle à la paroi 167 et perpendiculaire à celle-ci, comme le montre la figure 17 dans la mesure où le dispositif 174 est identique au dispositif 163 à cet égard, ce qui permet d'adapter l'équerre 187 à une panne intermédiaire perpendiculaire à la pente du toit, c'est-à-dire perpendiculaire à la poutre 103, les ergots 199 du tenon 196 de l'équerre 187 étant alors placés à la limite des lumières 198 du sabot 194 la plus proche de la paroi 167,
  • dans une position limite opposée du sabot 194, dans laquelle celui-ci est placé par son pan 195 à proximité immédiate de l'arbre 185, ce qui correspond à une position des ergots 199 du tenon 196 de l'équerre 187 directement adjacente à l'extrémité des lumières 198 la plus éloignée de la paroi 167, les ailes 188 et 189 de l'équerre 187 soient respectivement horizontale et verticale pour la plus grande valeur envisageable raisonnablement pour la pente du toit, c'est-à-dire également de la poutre 103, par rapport à l'horizontale, étant entendu que la figure 16 présente une position proche de cette position limite et correspondant à une valeur plus faible que la pente du toit, avec une orientation respectivement horizontale et verticale des ailes 188 et 189.
A skilled person will easily understand that by sliding the shoe 194 along the rods 190, it causes by cooperation between the lugs 199 of the post 196 and the lights 198 a pivoting movement of the bracket 187 around the axis 186 with respect to the sleeve 165. It falls within the normal abilities of a person skilled in the art to conform and size all of the elements carried by the upper wall 167 of the sleeve 165, as they have just been described under the numerical references 184 to 200, so that:
  • in a limit position of the shoe 194, in which the eyelets 193 abut against the stops 191, the wings 188 and 189 of the bracket 187 are respectively parallel to the wall 167 and perpendicular thereto, as shown in Figure 17 insofar as the device 174 is identical to the device 163 in this respect, which makes it possible to adapt the bracket 187 to an intermediate breakdown perpendicular to the slope of the roof, that is to say perpendicular to the beam 103, the lugs 199 of the lug 196 of the bracket 187 then being placed at the limit of the lights 198 of the shoe 194 closest to the wall 167,
  • in an opposite limit position of the shoe 194, in which the shoe is placed by its flap 195 in the immediate vicinity of the shaft 185, which corresponds to a position of the lugs 199 of the lug 196 of the bracket 187 directly adjacent to the end of the lights 198 furthest from the wall 167, the wings 188 and 189 of the bracket 187 are respectively horizontal and vertical for the greatest value that can reasonably be envisaged for the slope of the roof, that is to say also the beam 103, with respect to the horizontal, it being understood that FIG. 16 presents a position close to this limit position and corresponding to a value lower than the slope of the roof, with a respectively horizontal and vertical orientation of the wings 188 and 189 .

On se réfèrera à présent à la figure 17, qui montre un dispositif 164 présentant de grandes analogies avec le dispositif 163, comme il a été indiqué plus haut, dans la mesure où l'on y retrouve à l'identique et sous les mêmes références numériques l'ensemble des éléments décrits en référence à la figure 16, à l'exception du dispositif 178, alors absent, et d'un mode de réalisation différent de l'articulation du bras 174 autour de l'axe 137 par rapport à la chape 138 définie par les parois latérales 166 du fourreau 165.We will now refer to Figure 17, which shows a device 164 having great analogies with the device 163, as noted above, in the measure where we find identical and under the same numerical references all of the elements described in reference to FIG. 16, with the exception of device 178, then absent, and of an embodiment different from the articulation of the arm 174 around the axis 137 relative to the yoke 138 defined by the side walls 166 of the sheath 165.

En effet, dans le cas de ce mode de réalisation de la figure 17, l'arbre 173 d'axe 137 est solidaire du bras 174 en étant guidé à la rotation autour de l'axe 137 par rapport aux parois latérales 166 du fourreau 165, et porte solidairement, en dehors de la chape 138 définie par ces parois latérales 166, un pignon coaxial 201, en prise permanente avec une vis sans fin 202 que la paroi latérale 166 correspondante porte, à la rotation autour d'un axe 203 parallèle à cette paroi 166, par l'intermédiaire d'une chape 204. A l'extérieur de la chape 204, la vis sans fin 202 est raccordée par un cardan 205 à un arbre 206 portant lui-même un volant de manoeuvre 207, qui permet de faire tourner à volonté, dans un sens ou dans l'autre, la vis sans fin 202 autour de son axe 203 par rapport à la chape 204. Compte tenu de l'engrènement permanent de la vis sans fin 202 avec le pignon 201, cette rotation, dans un sens ou dans l'autre, s'accompagne d'un pivotement du bras 174, et avec lui de l'entrait 135, autour de l'axe 137 par rapport au fourreau 165 et à la poutre 103, dans le sens de l'ouverture ou de la fermeture de l'angle que forment entre eux la poutre 103 et l'entrait 135, ce qui permet de régler la pente de la poutre 103 par rapport à l'horizontale en conservant l'horizontalité de l'entrait 135,afin d'adapter la pente de la poutre 103 à celle du toit. L'irréversibilité de sa transmission assurée par l'engrènement mutuel du pignon 201 et de la vis sans fin 202 assure une immobilisation de l'entrait 135 et de la poutre 103 dans l'orientation relative ainsi réglée.Indeed, in the case of this embodiment of FIG. 17, the shaft 173 with axis 137 is integral with the arm 174 being guided in rotation about axis 137 relative to to the side walls 166 of the sheath 165, and bears integrally, outside the yoke 138 defined by these walls side 166, a coaxial pinion 201, in permanent engagement with a worm screw 202 that the corresponding side wall 166 door, to rotation about a parallel axis 203 to this wall 166, by means of a yoke 204. A outside of the yoke 204, the worm 202 is connected by a universal joint 205 to a shaft 206 which itself carries a handwheel 207, which allows you to rotate will, one way or the other, the worm 202 around its axis 203 relative to the yoke 204. Given of the permanent engagement of the worm 202 with the pinion 201, this rotation, in one direction or the other, is accompanied by a pivoting of the arm 174, and with it the entry 135, around the axis 137 relative to the sheath 165 and to beam 103, in the direction of opening or closing of the angle formed between them by beam 103 and the entry 135, which allows to adjust the slope of the beam 103 with respect to the horizontal while preserving the horizontality of entry 135, in order to adapt the slope of beam 103 to that of the roof. The irreversibility of its assured transmission by the mutual meshing of the pinion 201 and the worm 202 ensures immobilization of entry 135 and beam 103 in the relative orientation thus adjusted.

Un Homme du métier comprendra aisément que le mode de réalisation, qui vient d'être décrit, d'une ferme réglable 136 ainsi que son mode de coopération, qui vient également d'être décrit, avec la charpente à lever 65 ne constituent que des exemples non limitatifs de moyens permettant de répartir sur les pannes les efforts de levage de la toiture au niveau des murs pignon, dans le cas d'une toiture à deux pentes, ou au niveau des murs de refend, dans le cas d'une toiture à deux ou quatre pentes, ainsi que d'assurer à ce niveau la continuité de la ceinture dynamique précédemment décrite.A skilled person will readily understand that the mode embodiment, which has just been described, of an adjustable truss 136 as well as its mode of cooperation, which also comes to be described, with the frame to be lifted 65 does not constitute that nonlimiting examples of means allowing to distribute the lifting efforts of the roof over the purlins at the gable walls, in the case of a double roof slopes, or at the level of the cross walls, in the case of a roof with two or four slopes, as well as ensuring that level the continuity of the dynamic belt previously described.

En particulier, au lieu d'être constituées de profilés en I, les poutres 103 formant arbalétriers et les entraits 135 pourraient être réalisés sous d'autres formes, et par exemple être constitués de tubes de section circulaire, la conformation des berceaux, canaux, ou autres composants ou parties de composants qui coopèrent avec eux étant adaptée en conséquence, sans difficulté, par un Homme du métier ; il pourrait en être de même des poutres 94.In particular, instead of being made up of I-sections, the beams 103 forming rafters and the 135 ties could be made in other forms, and for example be made up of tubes of circular section, the shape of cradles, channels, or other components or parts of components which cooperate with them being adapted accordingly, without difficulty, by a Man of job ; it could be the same for beams 94.

On pourrait également se dispenser de rapporter une telle ferme sous la charpente 65 à lever dès lors qu'au niveau des murs pignons et des murs de refend, on agirait sous chaque panne au moyen d'un dispositif selon l'invention 63 respectif, à la condition de pouvoir synchroniser avec précision le fonctionnement des différents dispositifs 63, au même titre que l'on pourrait se dispenser dans certains cas de la liaison par poutre 94 entre les consoles 76 en bas des pentes de la toiture.We could also refrain from reporting a such a farm under the frame 65 to be lifted as soon as level of gable walls and cross walls, we would act under each failure by means of a device according to the invention 63 respective, provided that you can synchronize with precision the operation of the various devices 63, at same title that we could dispense in certain cases of the beam connection 94 between the brackets 76 at the bottom of the roof slopes.

Un Homme du métier comprendra en outre aisément qu'un jeu de poutres horizontales ceinturant totalement ou partiellement le bâtiment dont on désire lever la toiture et reposant sur les consoles 76, par exemple par l'intermédiaire de dispositifs 99, pourrait se substituer totalement ou partiellement aux équerres 85 et aux poutres 94 de raccordement mutuel pour constituer la ceinture dynamique précitée soit lorsque l'utilisation des équerres 85 et des poutres 94 est rendue impossible par les conditions d'implantation du dispositif selon l'invention, soit du fait d'un choix délibéré. A skilled person will further understand easily than a set of horizontal beams completely encircling or partially the building whose roof is to be raised and based on consoles 76, for example through of 99 devices, could completely replace or partially to the brackets 85 and to the connecting beams 94 mutual to constitute the aforementioned dynamic belt either when the use of brackets 85 and beams 94 is made impossible by the conditions for setting up the device according to the invention, either due to a choice deliberate.

Par ailleurs, certaines conditions d'implantation d'un dispositif selon l'invention 63 peuvent nécessiter d'avoir recours, plutôt qu'à la console 76, à la console 77 illustrée à la figure 10, laquelle est identique à la console 76 notamment quant aux possibilités de réception d'une ou deux équerres 85 et d'un dispositif 99 ou 139, mais est en outre conformée pour recevoir, de façon solidaire mais amovible, par exemple par emboítement et goupillage, sur sa surface supérieure 104 et/ou sa face frontale 105 tournée à l'opposé du mur 3, correspondant respectivement aux faces 79 et 80 de la console 76, des accessoires spécifiques 106, 107 de solidarisation amovible d'un élément respectif de charpente, notamment d'un entrait de ferme ou d'un arbalétrier, respectivement, présentant des extrémités en porte-à-faux par rapport au mur 3. La conformation de ces accessoires 106, 107, par exemple emboítés dans la console 77 et retenus par goupillage, peut varier dans une large mesure en fonction des conditions d'implantation et ne sera pas davantage détaillée, dans la mesure où elle relève des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier. La face supérieure 79 de la console 76 pourrait également être conçue pour recevoir l'accessoire 106 de réception d'un entrait de ferme. On observera que, pour faire recevoir et porter par une console 76 ou 77 un entrait de ferme ne saillant pas de façon suffisante du mur 3, on peut prolonger cet entrait par une fourrure métallique venant se positionner sur la face supérieure 79 ou 104 de la console et se fixer sur un accessoire 106 convenablement monté sur cette face supérieure 79 ou 104, de façon non illustrée mais aisément compréhensible par un Homme du métier.In addition, certain installation conditions of a device according to the invention 63 may require to use console 77 rather than console 76 illustrated in figure 10, which is identical to the console 76 in particular as to the possibilities of receiving one or more two brackets 85 and a device 99 or 139, but is in further shaped to receive, in solidarity but removable, for example by fitting and pinning, on its upper surface 104 and / or its front face 105 turned to the opposite of wall 3, corresponding respectively to faces 79 and 80 of the console 76, specific accessories 106, 107 removable securing of a respective frame element, including a farmhouse or a crossbowman, respectively, having ends cantilevered by relation to the wall 3. The configuration of these accessories 106, 107, for example fitted into the console 77 and retained by pinning, can vary to a large extent depending on the installation conditions and will not be further detailed, to the extent that it falls within the normal capabilities of a Tradesman. The upper face 79 of the console 76 could also be designed to receive the accessory 106 of receipt of a farm entry. We will observe that, for have a console 76 or 77 receive and carry an entry farmhouse not projecting sufficiently from wall 3, we can extend this entry by a metallic fur coming position on the upper side 79 or 104 of the console and attach to an accessory 106 suitably mounted on this upper face 79 or 104, not shown but easily understood by a person skilled in the art.

Les consoles 76 ou 77 des dispositifs 63 selon l'invention étant équipées des moyens les mieux adaptées pour coopérer avec les éléments de la charpente 65 de la toiture à lever, à savoir des équerres 85 et/ou des dispositifs 99, 139, 148, 155 associés à des fermes réglables 130 et/ou des accessoires 106, 107, et après fixation des platines murales 1 sur le mur 3, directement ou par l'intermédiaire d'un gabarit 115 respectif, dans le respect d'une horizontalité aussi bonne que possible des axes 19 puis réglage de verticalité des axes 56 et liaison entre les tiges de guidage 64 correspondant aux différents dispositifs 63 par des tirants 74, 75, d'une part, et entre les équerres 85 et les berceaux 102, respectivement, par les poutres 94, 103, alors que les consoles 76, 77 occupent une position aussi basse que possible sur les tiges de guidage 64, en étant naturellement disposées au-dessus des chapes 29, on provoque un levage simultané, synchronisé des différentes consoles 76, 77 sur les tiges de guidage 64 par des moyens de poussée, avantageusement constitués par des vérins 108 hydrauliques,ou électromécaniques, associés à des moyens 111 de télécommande communs aux dispositifs de levage 63 pour synchroniser la levée de la toiture par les différents dispositifs 63.Consoles 76 or 77 of devices 63 depending on the invention being equipped with the most suitable means for cooperate with the elements of the roof frame 65 to be lifted, namely brackets 85 and / or devices 99, 139, 148, 155 associated with adjustable trusses 130 and / or accessories 106, 107, and after fixing the wall plates 1 on wall 3, directly or through a respective gauge 115, while respecting horizontality axes 19 as good as possible then vertical adjustment axes 56 and connection between the guide rods 64 corresponding to the various devices 63 by tie rods 74, 75, on the one hand, and between the brackets 85 and the cradles 102, respectively, by beams 94, 103, while the consoles 76, 77 occupy a position as low as possible on guide rods 64, being naturally arranged above the yokes 29, a lifting is caused simultaneous, synchronized from the different consoles 76, 77 on the guide rods 64 by pushing means, advantageously constituted by hydraulic 108 or electromechanical jacks, associated with common remote control means 111 to the lifting devices 63 to synchronize the lifting of the roofing by the various devices 63.

Chaque dispositif selon l'invention 63 comporte ainsi un seul vérin 108, monté de façon amovible sur le plateau de maintien 42, par les trous taraudés 54 répartis autour de l'échancrure 50 de celui-ci.Each device according to the invention 63 comprises thus a single jack 108, removably mounted on the retaining plate 42, by threaded holes 54 distributed around the notch 50 thereof.

Plus précisément, chaque vérin 108 comportant un corps 109 et une tige coaxiale 110, le corps 109 est engagé dans les échancrures coïncidantes 50 et 22, respectivement, du plateau de maintien 42 et du berceau 8 de la platine murale 1 et vissé, par une bride non illustrée, sur la face supérieure 44 du plateau de maintien 42 par les trous taraudés 54 de celui-ci, ce qui assure son positionnement suivant l'axe 53, c'est-à-dire son parfait parallélisme vis-à-vis des tiges de guidage 64. Sa tige 110, également disposée ainsi suivant l'axe 53, est alors placée en appui vers le haut contre la console 76 ou 77, par la face inférieure telle que 78 de celle-ci à laquelle cette tige 110 est éventuellement fixée.More precisely, each jack 108 comprising a body 109 and a coaxial rod 110, the body 109 is engaged in the coincident notches 50 and 22, respectively, the retaining plate 42 and the cradle 8 of the plate mural 1 and screwed, by a flange not illustrated, on the face upper 44 of the retaining plate 42 by the holes threaded 54 thereof, which ensures its positioning along axis 53, that is to say its perfect parallelism with respect to guide rods 64. Its rod 110, also thus arranged along the axis 53, is then placed in abutment upwards against console 76 or 77, from the underside such as 78 thereof to which this rod 110 is possibly fixed.

On observera qu'il n'est pas nécessaire que les vérins 108 présentent une course de tige 110 aussi grande que la hauteur sur laquelle on désire lever la toiture.It will be observed that it is not necessary for the cylinders 108 have a rod stroke 110 as large as the height over which you want to raise the roof.

En effet, si cette course est inférieure à la hauteur du levage, on peut dans un premier temps de levage, à partir de la position de la toiture dans laquelle la charpente 65 de celle-ci repose sur les murs 3, amener la toiture 65 dans une position intermédiaire de levage, dans laquelle on immobilise les consoles 76 ou 77 sur les tiges 64, de façon provisoire, par engagement de clavettes dans des trous respectifs, non représentés, alors placés en coïncidence mutuelle. On descend ensuite les tiges 110 des vérins 108 pour intercaler entre chacune d'elles et la console correspondante 76 ou 77 une cale d'épaisseur présentant une hauteur correspondant à la hauteur initiale de levage. Ensuite, après avoir désolidarisé les consoles 76, 77 vis-à-vis d'un coulissement le long des tiges 64, on poursuit le levage au moyen des vérins 108, jusqu'à la hauteur désirée, en répétant si nécessaire cette opération. Une fois la hauteur désirée atteinte, on immobilise à nouveau les consoles 76, 77 sur les tiges 64, par exemple par goupillage comme on l'a indiqué précédemment, et l'on peut démonter les vérins 108 pour les attribuer à un autre chantier, pendant que l'on complète le mur 3, vers le haut, jusqu'à la charpente 65 de la toiture dans sa nouvelle position. Une fois les murs 3 ainsi complétés, on peut procéder au démontage des dispositifs selon l'invention 63. En variante, on peut aussi étayer provisoirement la charpente 65 par une ossature d'attente, par exemple métallique ou en bois, dès que la hauteur désirée est atteinte, et démonter ensuite immédiatement les dispositifs selon l'invention 63 dans leur intégralité, avant de compléter le mur 3 ; l'ossature d'attente peut ensuite être démontée, ou encore être intégrée au complément du mur 3.Indeed, if this stroke is less than the lifting height, we can first lift, from the position of the roof in which the frame 65 of it rests on the walls 3, bring the roof 65 in an intermediate lifting position, in which immobilizes the consoles 76 or 77 on the rods 64, provisionally, by engagement of keys in respective holes, not shown, then placed in coincidence mutual. We then lower the rods 110 of the cylinders 108 to insert between each of them and the console corresponding 76 or 77 a shim having a height corresponding to the initial lifting height. Then, after having separated the consoles 76, 77 opposite sliding along the rods 64, the lifting by means of jacks 108, to the desired height, repeating this operation if necessary. Once the desired height reached, we immobilize the brackets 76, 77 on the rods 64, for example by pinning as indicated above, and we can disassemble the cylinders 108 to assign them to another site, during that we complete wall 3, upwards, up to the frame 65 of the roof in its new position. Once the walls 3 thus completed, it is possible to disassemble the devices according to the invention 63. Alternatively, it is also possible provisionally support frame 65 with a framework waiting time, for example metallic or wooden, as soon as the desired height is reached, and then disassemble immediately the devices according to the invention 63 in their entirety, before completing wall 3; the waiting frame can then be disassembled, or even be integrated into the complement from the wall 3.

Le cas échéant, une retenue de la charpente 65, vers le bas, dans une succession de positions atteintes lors du levage peut également être obtenue automatiquement, par coopération d'un dispositif d'encliquetage prévu sur chaque console 76, 77 avec une crémaillère parallèle aux tiges de guidage 64 et fixe par rapport à celles-ci, et par exemple aménagée directement le long de l'une d'entre elles, de façon non illustrée mais aisément concevable par un Homme du métier.If necessary, a retention of the frame 65, downwards, in a succession of positions reached during lifting can also be obtained automatically, by cooperation of a snap device provided on each console 76, 77 with a rack parallel to the rods guide 64 and fixed relative thereto, and for example fitted directly along one of them, so not illustrated but easily conceivable by a Man of job.

On observera que l'on a décrit un mode de mise en oeuvre de l'invention selon lequel les tiges de guidage 64 sont fixes par rapport aux manchons 58 qui les reçoivent, alors que les consoles 76, 77 coulissent sur les tiges de guidage 64.It will be observed that a method of setting up has been described. work of the invention according to which the guide rods 64 are fixed relative to the sleeves 58 which receive them, while the brackets 76, 77 slide on the rods of guide 64.

On peut également mettre en oeuvre l'invention en prévoyant que les tiges de guidage 64 coulissent coaxialement dans les manchons 58 et portent solidairement les consoles correspondantes 76 ou 77. Dans un tel cas, les vérins 108 provoquent non pas un coulissement des consoles 76, 77 sur les tiges de guidage 64, mais une levée d'ensemble des consoles et des tiges de guidage, lesquelles coulissent dans les manchons 58 pour assurer le guidage souhaité. Dans un tel cas, naturellement, les goupilles 35 doivent être enlevées pendant les opérations de levage, et remises en place, alors que des trous prévus sur les tiges 64 coïncident avec les lumières 34 des chapes 29, chaque fois que l'on désire interrompre le levage et notamment lors du rehaussement des vérins 108 et en fin de levage, pendant le rehaussement du mur 3. Un dispositif d'encliquetage monté sur le plateau de maintien 42 et coopérant avec une crémaillère du type indiqué précédemment peut également être prévu à cet effet.The invention can also be implemented by providing that the guide rods 64 slide coaxially in the sleeves 58 and carry the consoles together corresponding 76 or 77. In such a case, the jacks 108 do not cause the consoles 76, 77 to slide on the guide rods 64, but an overall lifting of the brackets and guide rods, which slide in the sleeves 58 to provide the desired guidance. In such case, of course, the pins 35 must be removed during the lifting operations, and put back in place, then that holes provided on the rods 64 coincide with the lights 34 of the screeds 29, whenever we want interrupt the lifting and in particular when raising the cylinders 108 and at the end of lifting, during the raising of the wall 3. A latching device mounted on the holding 42 and cooperating with a rack of the indicated type previously can also be provided for this purpose.

Cette variante de réalisation n'a pas été illustrée, mais elle ressort des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier prenant connaissance de ce qui précède.This variant embodiment has not been illustrated, but it emerges from the normal aptitudes of a Man of profession taking cognizance of the above.

On va maintenant décrire une autre variante de l'invention en se référant aux figures 18 à 21. Les composants communs au dispositif précédemment décrit seront affectés des mêmes références. We will now describe another variant of the invention with reference to FIGS. 18 to 21. The components common to the previously described device will be assigned the same references.

Sur les figures 18 à 21, on a représenté un mur 3 avec sa surface 112 sensiblement verticale, qui est ici la surface extérieure du mur, étant entendu que le dispositif de levage peut également être fixé contre une surface intérieure de ce mur.Figures 18 to 21 show a wall 3 with its substantially vertical surface 112, which is here the exterior surface of the wall, it being understood that the lifting can also be fixed against an interior surface of this wall.

Un dispositif de levage, noté 300, est fixé au mur 3 par des moyens d'appui qui sont essentiellement constitués par deux composants de base, à savoir une platine murale 301 et une platine intermédiaire d'appui 308. Il convient de noter que, dans certaines applications particulières, par exemple les bâtiments industriels à charpente métallique, le dispositif de levage sera fixé à un poteau et non à un mur, ceci requérant alors une adaptation relevant des aptitudes normales d'un Homme du métier pour un montage sur poteau.A lifting device, noted 300, is fixed to the wall 3 by support means which are essentially constituted by two basic components, namely a wall plate 301 and an intermediate support plate 308. It is advisable to note that in some particular applications, by example industrial buildings with a steel frame, the lifting device will be fixed to a pole and not to a wall, this then requires an adaptation relating to aptitudes normal of a skilled person for mounting on pole.

La platine murale 301 pourrait être fixée à la face 112 du mur 3 soit directement par boulonnage, soit par l'intermédiaire d'un gabarit, comme dans le mode de réalisation précédemment décrit. Toutefois, on a ici prévu un appui direct de la platine murale 301 sur un chaínage du mur 3, c'est-à-dire sur la face supérieure notée 212 de ce chaínage. A cet effet, la platine murale 301 présente supérieurement une équerre 302 prenant appui sur la face 212 du chaínage du mur, la face frontale notée 303 de cette équerre 302 présentant des trous 304 servant au passage de boulons de fixation 304.1 (représentés seulement sur la figure 21) ancrés dans la face 112 du mur 3. Dans une variante (non représentée), la partie horizontale unitaire de l'équerre peut être remplacée par deux sabots d'appui indépendants, dont la position par rapport à la partie verticale est réglable, permettant un réglage d'orientation de la platine murale grâce à un montage des sabots d'appui sur un axe horizontal respectif perpendiculaire à cette partie verticale : ceci est en particulier intéressant en cas d'appui sur un chaínage incliné.Wall plate 301 could be attached to the face 112 from wall 3 either directly by bolting or by through a template, as in the embodiment previously described. However, support has been provided here. direct from the wall plate 301 on a chain of the wall 3, that is to say on the upper face denoted 212 of this chain. For this purpose, the wall plate 301 has above a square 302 bearing on the face 212 of the chain of wall, the front face noted 303 of this square 302 presenting holes 304 used for the passage of fixing bolts 304.1 (shown only in Figure 21) anchored in the face 112 of the wall 3. In a variant (not shown), the unitary horizontal part of the square can be replaced by two independent support shoes, whose position by ratio to the vertical part is adjustable, allowing a wall plate orientation adjustment by mounting support shoes on a respective perpendicular horizontal axis to this vertical part: this is in particular interesting when supported on an inclined chain.

La platine murale 301 présente en outre une paire de montants verticaux 305 s'étendant vers le bas à partir de l'équerre 302, et qui ont la particularité de former une glissière grâce à leur section en U dont l'ouverture est tournée vers l'intérieur. En partie basse de chacun des montants verticaux 305 est prévue une plaque inférieure d'appui, qui peut ou non être boulonnée à la paroi murale 112.The wall plate 301 also has a pair vertical uprights 305 extending downward from square 302, and which have the particularity of forming a slide thanks to their U-shaped section whose opening is turned inward. In the lower part of each of vertical uprights 305 is provided a lower plate support, which may or may not be bolted to the wall 112.

La platine intermédiaire d'appui 308 est quant à elle essentiellement formée d'une plaque frontale 311 et de deux traverses horizontales 312 et 313 dont les extrémités passent à l'intérieur des montants verticaux 305 en vue d'un guidage vertical en coulissement pour cette platine intermédiaire d'appui 308. On pourrait prévoir un système de trous et de goupilles associés aux montants verticaux pour avoir des hauteurs successives pour la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308. On a toutefois ici préféré un montage en suspension qui permet un réglage plus fin avant d'initier le levage proprement dit de la charpente. A cet effet, la platine murale 301 présente supérieurement une traverse horizontale 307 au centre de laquelle est suspendue une tige filetée 309 s'étendant ainsi dans le plan vertical de symétrie de la glissière formée par les montants 305, jusqu'à un niveau bas proche des plaques inférieures d'appui 306. La traverse supérieure 312 et la traverse inférieure 313 de la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308 présentent alors un perçage central permettant le passage de la tige filetée 309, et l'appui de la platine intermédiaire 308 à la hauteur désirée est assuré par un écrou inférieur de blocage 310 visible seulement sur les figures 18 et 19. La plaque frontale 311 présente inférieurement deux paires d'équerres 314 qui sont fixées par une aile respective 315, l'autre aile 316 s'étendant en saillie sensiblement perpendiculairement au plan de la plaque frontale 311. Les ailes 316 présentent chacune un perçage 317, les perçages étant tous alignés sur un axe commun 19, dont on verra par la suite que cet axe n'est autre que l'axe autour duquel pivote le plateau de maintien raccordant les moyens de guidage et les moyens commandés de poussée avec la platine murale 301. La traverse supérieure 312 de la platine intermédiaire 308 porte par ailleurs deux petits profilés creux 321 s'étendant dans une direction parallèle à celle de la glissière formée par les montants verticaux 305, et disposés symétriquement par rapport au plan médian de la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308. Chaque profilé creux 321 présente au niveau de sa face frontale une lumière oblongue débouchante 322 dont la fonction sera précisée plus loin. Dans une variante (non représentée), on pourra agencer les moyens d'accrochage 321, 322 au dos d'une plaque frontale 311 de plus grande hauteur, entre les traverses horizontales 312, 313 qui sont alors plus éloignées l'une de l'autre : ceci permet de diminuer le couple de renversement (grâce à l'abaissement du point d'appui, et à l'augmentation de la distance entre les points d'arrachage dans la glissière), et évite aussi d'avoir une ouverture débouchante en partie haute des profilés 321, laquelle pourrait être obturée par des débris.The intermediate support plate 308 is it essentially formed of a front plate 311 and of two horizontal crosspieces 312 and 313 whose ends pass inside the vertical uprights 305 for a vertical sliding guide for this intermediate plate support 308. A system of holes could be provided and pins associated with the vertical uprights to have successive heights for the intermediate plate 308 support. However, here we preferred a mounting in suspension which allows a finer adjustment before initiating the proper lifting of the frame. To this end, the wall plate 301 has a crossbar above horizontal 307 in the center of which hangs a rod threaded 309 thus extending in the vertical plane of symmetry of the slide formed by the uprights 305, up to a low level close to the lower support plates 306. The upper cross member 312 and lower cross member 313 of the intermediate support plate 308 then have a hole central allowing the passage of the threaded rod 309, and the support of the intermediate plate 308 at the desired height is ensured by a visible lower locking nut 310 only in Figures 18 and 19. The front plate 311 has two pairs of brackets 314 below which are fixed by a respective wing 315, the other wing 316 extending projecting substantially perpendicular to the plane of the front plate 311. The wings 316 each have a hole 317, the holes being all aligned on an axis common 19, which we will see later that this axis is no other that the axis around which the connecting retaining plate pivots the guide means and the controlled means of thrust with wall plate 301. The upper cross member 312 of the intermediate plate 308 also carries two small hollow sections 321 extending in a direction parallel to that of the slide formed by the vertical uprights 305, and arranged symmetrically with respect to the median plane of the intermediate support plate 308. Each hollow profile 321 has an oblong light on its front face opening 322 whose function will be explained below. In a variant (not shown), we can arrange the attachment means 321, 322 on the back of a front plate 311 of greater height, between the horizontal crosspieces 312, 313 which are then more distant from each other: this reduces the overturning torque (thanks to lowering the fulcrum, and increasing the distance between the tear-off points in the slide), and also avoids having a through opening in the upper part profiles 321, which could be closed off with debris.

En cas de montage sur poteau, la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308 sera équipée d'un dispositif de bridage adapté relevant des connaissances normales de l'Homme du métier, par exemple une bride à auto-coincement, dont le couple de serrage augmente avec la charge levée (la charge est alors bloquée dans toutes les directions grâce à des coins contrariés et des patins à têtes de diamant).In case of pole mounting, the intermediate plate support 308 will be fitted with a clamping device adapted within the normal knowledge of Man loom, for example a self-clamping flange, the tightening torque increases with the load lifted (the load is then blocked in all directions thanks to upset corners and diamond-headed skates).

Le dispositif de levage 300 comporte en outre un plateau de maintien 342 supportant les moyens de guidage 64 de la console 76, ces derniers moyens étant réalisés ici sous la forme de deux tiges parallèles, sur lesquelles peut coulisser parallèlement à son plan la console de levage 76 qui est amenée au contact du bord inférieur de la charpente 65, bord qui est représenté schématiquement par une ligne en traits mixtes sur la figure 18. Les tiges 64 pourraient être reçues inférieurement dans des manchons solidaires du plateau de maintien 342 comme cela est le cas dans le mode de réalisation précédemment décrit, mais on a prévu ici une variante selon laquelle chaque tige 64 présente inférieurement une portion 323 de plus petit diamètre, permettant un appui direct de chaque tige 64 sur la face supérieure du plateau de maintien 342, cette portion débouchant de la face inférieure dudit plateau de maintien et permettant un verrouillage par exemple au moyen d'une cale 324, ainsi que cela est représenté sur la figure 18. Le plateau de maintien 342 présente en outre ici une échancrure centrale 352 associée au passage du corps 109 du vérin de levage 108, la tige 110 dudit vérin étant représentée seulement par son extrémité supérieure sur la figure 18, en appui contre la face inférieure de la console de levage 76. Dans une variante (non représentée), la console 76 pourra être formée de deux manchons coulissant sur les tiges 64, réunis par un boítier relié inférieurement à la tige du vérin de poussée et équipé d'un axe transversal horizontal sur lequel pivote un plateau d'appui d'inclinaison réglable : ceci est intéressant pour les bâtiments industriels à charpente métallique, car le plateau d'appui peut être lié directement, par exemple par boulonnage, à une poutre horizontale ou inclinée de la charpente. Il sera alors intéressant de prévoir une platine supplémentaire de guidage au niveau de la partie supérieure de la poutre, coopérant avec les tiges verticales 64.The lifting device 300 further comprises a holding plate 342 supporting the guide means 64 of the console 76, the latter means being produced here under the shape of two parallel rods, on which can slide the lifting console 76 parallel to its plane which is brought into contact with the lower edge of the frame 65, edge which is represented schematically by a line in dashed lines in Figure 18. Rods 64 could be received below in sleeves integral with the tray holding 342 as is the case in the mode of realization previously described, but we have provided here a variant according to which each rod 64 has below a portion 323 of smaller diameter, allowing a direct support of each rod 64 on the upper face of the retaining plate 342, this portion opening out from the face lower of said retaining plate and allowing a locking for example by means of a wedge 324, as well as this is shown in figure 18. The holding plate 342 further presents here a central notch 352 associated with the passage of the body 109 of the lifting cylinder 108, the rod 110 of said cylinder being represented only by its upper end in FIG. 18, pressing against the underside of the lifting console 76. In a variant (not shown), the console 76 may be formed of two sliding sleeves on the rods 64, joined by a housing connected below to the push cylinder rod and fitted a horizontal transverse axis on which a plate pivots adjustable tilt support: this is interesting for metal-framed industrial buildings, because the support plate can be linked directly, for example by bolting, to a horizontal or inclined beam of the frame. It will then be interesting to provide a plate additional guide at the top of the beam, cooperating with the vertical rods 64.

On pourra naturellement en variante prévoir un autre type de moyens commandés de poussée, par exemple sous la forme d'un vérin à vis actionné par un système à cliquet commandé pneumatiquement, ce vérin, représenté schématiquement en 108' sur la figure 20, étant en appui au centre de la face supérieure du plateau de maintien 342, auquel cas l'échancrure précitée 352 devient inutile. Sur la figure 21, on distingue des perçages 354 associés à la fixation du vérin 108 ou 108' par des boulons (non représentés).We can of course alternatively provide a other type of controlled means of thrust, for example under the shape of a screw jack actuated by a ratchet system pneumatically controlled, this cylinder, shown schematically at 108 'in FIG. 20, bearing at the center of the upper face of the retaining plate 342, in which case the aforementioned notch 352 becomes unnecessary. In Figure 21, there are 354 holes associated with the fixing of the jack 108 or 108 'by bolts (not shown).

Conformément à une caractéristique très avantageuse de ce mode de réalisation de l'invention, le dispositif de levage 300 comporte en outre des moyens de réglage d'aplomb, notés 325, et des moyens de réglage de niveau, notés 335, ces moyens de réglage 325 et 335 reliant les moyens d'appui constitués par la platine murale 301 et la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308 aux moyens communs de raccordement constitués par le plateau de maintien 342.According to a very advantageous characteristic of this embodiment of the invention, the device lifting 300 also comprises means for adjusting the plumb, denoted 325, and level adjusting means, denoted 335, these adjustment means 325 and 335 connecting the support means constituted by the wall plate 301 and the intermediate plate support 308 to the common connection means formed by the retaining plate 342.

Le réglage d'aplomb était déjà prévu dans le mode de réalisation précédemment décrit, sous forme d'un basculement autour d'un axe par l'intermédiaire d'un appui sur un berceau cylindrique. En l'espèce, les moyens de réglage d'aplomb sont agencés différemment, ce qui permet de simplifier et d'alléger considérablement la structure du dispositif.The plumb adjustment was already provided in the mode previously described, in the form of a tilting around an axis by pressing on a cylindrical cradle. In this case, the means of adjustment plumb are arranged differently, which simplifies and considerably lighten the structure of the device.

Les moyens de réglage d'aplomb 325, mieux visibles sur la vue éclatée de la figure 21, comportent essentiellement (en double) un élément 326 de réglage d'aplomb et un fourreau 329 de réglage d'aplomb. L'élément de réglage d'aplomb 326 est constitué par une tête cylindrique 327 et un axe fileté 328. La tête cylindrique 327 est conformée pour être reçue à l'intérieur de l'un des deux profilés creux associés 321, de façon que l'axe fileté associé 328 passe par l'ouverture échancrée 322 en s'étendant en saillie de la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308. Le fourreau de réglage d'aplomb 329 comporte quant à lui un corps 330 fileté intérieurement pour se visser sur l'axe fileté 328, et une collerette arrière d'appui 331 prévue à l'extrémité du fourreau 329. A son extrémité frontale, le fourreau 329 présente une extrémité conformée 332, par exemple sous la forme d'un six pans, cette extrémité formant ainsi tête de manoeuvre pour pouvoir faire tourner le fourreau 329 autour de son axe. La platine intermédiaire 308 présente ainsi des moyens 321 de fixation des moyens de réglage d'aplomb 325, qui sont ici constitués par les profilés creux 321. Lorsque l'ensemble est monté, on dispose d'une paire d'éléments 326 et de fourreaux associés 329, qui traversent le plateau de maintien 342 dans une direction sensiblement horizontale, en ressortant par des ouvertures frontales 333 dudit plateau qui sont réalisées oblongues dans une direction verticale de façon à autoriser le débattement angulaire correspondant à un réglage d'aplomb du plateau de maintien 342. On notera que les moyens de fixation 321 sont agencés pour permettre un pivotement des moyens de réglage 325 autour d'un axe susceptible d'être disposé horizontalement et parallèlement à la surface 112 du mur 3.Plumb adjustment means 325, better visible in the exploded view of FIG. 21, essentially comprise (in duplicate) a plumb adjustment element 326 and a plumb adjustment sheath 329. The setting element plumb 326 consists of a cylindrical head 327 and a threaded pin 328. The cylindrical head 327 is shaped to be received inside one of the two hollow profiles associated 321, so that the associated threaded axis 328 passes through the notched opening 322 extending projecting from the intermediate support plate 308. The adjustment sleeve plumb 329 has a threaded body 330 internally to screw onto the threaded pin 328, and a rear support flange 331 provided at the end of the sheath 329. At its front end, the sheath 329 has a shaped end 332, for example under the shaped like a hexagon, this end thus forming a operation to be able to rotate the sheath 329 around of its axis. Intermediate plate 308 thus presents means 321 for fixing the plumb adjustment means 325, which are here constituted by the hollow sections 321. When the assembly is assembled, we have a pair of elements 326 and associated sleeves 329, which cross the plateau of holding 342 in a substantially horizontal direction, in protruding through front openings 333 of said plate which are made oblong in a vertical direction of so as to authorize the angular movement corresponding to a plumb adjustment of the retaining plate 342. It will be noted that the fixing means 321 are arranged to allow a pivoting of the adjustment means 325 about an axis capable to be arranged horizontally and parallel to the surface 112 of the wall 3.

Les moyens de réglage de niveau 335 comportent quant à eux, également selon une paire, des éléments 336 de réglage de niveau et des fourreaux 339 de réglage de niveau. On a prévu ici un élément de réglage de niveau 336 comportant une tête 337 d'articulation 337 surmontée d'un axe fileté 338. Pour le montage du plateau de maintien 342 sur les moyens d'appui 301, 308, la tête d'articulation 337 de chaque élément de réglage de niveau 336 est mise en place entre une paire d'équerres 314, et cette tête présente une ouverture d'axe 334 permettant le passage d'un tenon d'articulation 318. Pour faciliter la mise en place ou l'enlèvement de ce tenon 318, on a ici prévu une tête de tenon 319 de plus gros diamètre qui vient en appui contre la face extérieure d'une équerre de la paire d'équerres concernée, l'autre extrémité du tenon traversant l'équerre opposée et recevant une goupille de blocage, et la tête de tenon 319 est en outre équipée d'une poignée de manoeuvre 320 facilitant la mise en place rapide dudit tenon. Chaque paire d'éléments 336 et de fourreaux 339 de réglage de niveau traverse le plateau de maintien 342 en ressortant au niveau de la face supérieure de celui-ci par des ouvertures oblongues de passage 343, ces ouvertures étant agencées dans une direction parallèle à l'axe de pivotement 19 défini par les tenons d'articulation 318. Comme pour les moyens de réglage d'aplomb, chaque fourreau 339 de réglage de niveau présente un corps 340 fileté intérieurement pour se visser sur l'axe fileté 338, une collerette d'appui 344 en extrémité inférieure, et, à l'autre extrémité, une tête de manoeuvre par exemple hexagonale 341.The level adjustment means 335 comprise as for them, also according to a pair, elements 336 of level adjustment and level adjustment sleeves 339. A level adjustment element 336 is provided here comprising a head 337 of articulation 337 surmounted by a threaded axis 338. For mounting the retaining plate 342 on the support means 301, 308, the articulation head 337 of each leveling element 336 is placed between a pair of brackets 314, and this head has an opening with axis 334 allowing the passage of a hinge pin 318. To facilitate the placement or removal of this post 318, here we have provided a larger post head 319 diameter which comes to bear against the outside face of a square of the pair of squares concerned, the other end of the stud crossing the opposite square and receiving a locking pin, and the post head 319 is further equipped with an operating handle 320 facilitating setting rapid positioning of said tenon. Each pair of elements 336 and leveling sleeves 339 crosses the plate holding 342 while coming out at the level of the upper face of this one by oblong passage openings 343, these openings being arranged in a direction parallel to the pivot axis 19 defined by the hinge pins 318. As with the plumb adjustment means, each level adjustment sheath 339 has a body 340 internally threaded to screw onto the 338 threaded axis, a support flange 344 at the lower end, and, at the other end, for example a hexagonal operating head 341.

Sur les figures 18 à 20, on a également représenté, pour les moyens de réglage d'aplomb 325, une rondelle d'appui 345 venant contre la face frontale du plateau de maintien 342 et maintenue par une goupille ou un circlips non représenté associé au fourreau de réglage 329, et, pour les moyens 335 de réglage de niveau, des cales d'appui inférieure 346 et supérieure 347, ainsi qu'une rondelle terminale d'appui 348.FIGS. 18 to 20 also show, for the plumb adjustment means 325, a support washer 345 coming against the front face of the retaining plate 342 and held by a pin or circlip not shown associated with the adjustment sleeve 329, and, for the means 335 level adjustment, lower support shims 346 and upper 347, as well as a terminal support washer 348.

Lorsque l'ensemble est mis en place, le réglage d'aplomb s'effectue en manoeuvrant les têtes 332 des fourreaux de réglage d'aplomb 329, ce qui produit le basculement désiré autour de l'axe 19 pour le plateau de maintien 342, et donc pour le vérin 108 ou 108' et les tiges de guidage 64 supportés par ledit plateau de maintien. Ce réglage d'aplomb est schématisé par la flèche 400 sur la figure 19. On observera que, lors d'un réglage d'aplomb, les lumières oblongues 333 ne viennent pas interférer avec l'extrémité des moyens de réglage 325.When the assembly is in place, the adjustment plumb is carried out by maneuvering the heads 332 of the sheaths plumb adjustment 329, which produces tilting desired around the axis 19 for the retaining plate 342, and therefore for the jack 108 or 108 ′ and the guide rods 64 supported by said holding plate. This plumb adjustment is shown diagrammatically by arrow 400 in FIG. will observe that, during a plumb adjustment, the lights oblong 333 do not interfere with the end of the adjusting means 325.

Le réglage de niveau s'effectue de façon analogue, en intervenant sur l'une et/ou l'autre des deux têtes de manoeuvre 341 qui sortent des ouvertures oblongues associées 343, cette intervention visant à faire tourner le ou les deux fourreaux 339 manoeuvrés dé façon à faire varier le niveau du plateau de maintien 342, comme cela est schématisé par les flèches 401 sur la figure 18. On est ainsi assuré, même si la face d'appui 212 du mur 3 n'est pas parfaitement horizontale, d'avoir un rattrapage de niveau par les moyens 335 de réglage qui garantit une horizontalité parfaite pour la face supérieure d'appui du plateau de maintien 342, et donc une verticalité parfaite pour les tiges de guidage 64 et pour l'axe principal du vérin commandé 108 ou 108'. Comme on a pu le constater, la platine intermédiaire d'appui 308 présente des moyens 314, ici sous forme d'équerres, de fixation des moyens de réglage de niveau 335. De plus, ces moyens de fixation 314 sont agencés pour permettre un pivotement des moyens de réglage de niveau 335 autour de l'axe 19 qui est susceptible d'être disposé horizontalement et parallèlement à la surface 112 du mur 3. On notera également que les ouvertures oblongues de passage 343 autorisent les débattements angulaires du plateau de maintien 342 lors d'un réglage de niveau.The level adjustment is carried out in an analogous manner, by intervening on one and / or the other of the two heads of maneuver 341 coming out of the associated oblong openings 343, this intervention aimed at turning one or both sheaths 339 operated in such a way as to vary the level of the holding plate 342, as shown by the arrows 401 in FIG. 18. We are thus assured, even if the support face 212 of wall 3 is not perfectly horizontal, to have a level adjustment by means 335 of adjustment which guarantees perfect horizontality for the upper side of the retaining plate 342, and therefore a perfect verticality for guide rods 64 and for the main axis of the actuated cylinder 108 or 108 '. As we could see, the intermediate support plate 308 has means 314, here in the form of brackets, for fixing the level adjusting means 335. In addition, these means of fixing 314 are arranged to allow pivoting of the level adjusting means 335 around the axis 19 which is can be arranged horizontally and parallel on the surface 112 of wall 3. It will also be noted that the 343 oblong passage openings allow travel angles of the retaining plate 342 during an adjustment level.

L'invention n'est pas limitée au mode de réalisation qui vient d'être décrit, mais englobe au contraire toute variante décrite dans les revendications.The invention is not limited to the embodiment which has just been described, but on the contrary includes all variant described in the claims.

En particulier, le dispositif de levage selon l'invention pourra être utilisé non pas seulement pour lever la charpente d'un bâtiment existant, mais aussi pour lever la charpente d'un bâtiment en cours de construction après mise en place de poteaux droits stabilisés et contreventés. Le dispositif permet alors de maintenir la charpente à une course intermédiaire grâce à un système de coincement relevant des connaissances normales d'un Homme du métier : on peut alors en remontant d'un niveau à chaque fois les moyens de raccordement et de poussée, envisager un levage complet de la charpente à partir d'une hauteur faible (deux mètres du sol par exemple) jusqu'à son positionnement définitif, ce qui permet un montage de la charpente au niveau du sol d'où un gain de temps important et une diminution considérable des risques pour le personnel opérant sur le site de construction.In particular, the lifting device according to the invention can be used not only to raise the frame of an existing building, but also to lift the frame of a building under construction after installation in place of stabilized and braced straight posts. The device then makes it possible to maintain the frame at a intermediate stroke thanks to a clamping system within the normal knowledge of a skilled person: can then go up one level each time the means connection and thrust, consider a complete lifting of the frame from a low height (two meters from the ground for example) until its final positioning, which allows mounting of the frame at ground level where a significant time savings and a considerable decrease in risks for personnel operating on the construction site.

Claims (30)

  1. A device for lifting a framework (65), and where appropriate a portion of a building resting on said framework (65), in particular a roof, relative to underlying walls (3), the device being attended for use with a plurality of such devices distributed around the framework (65), the device comprising:
    support means (1, 42, 115 ; 301, 308) suitable for being fixed to a substantially vertical surface (112) of a wall (3), in particular an outside surface thereof;
    a cursor (76, 77) suitable for being placed substantially vertically above the support means (1, 42, 115 ; 301, 308) and for co-operating with an element of the framework (65) resting thereon;
    guide means (64) for guiding the cursor (76, 77) in translation relative to the support means (1, 42, 115 ; 301, 308), in a direction that is capable of being oriented substantially vertically; and
    controlled thrust means (108) interposed functionally between the cursor (76, 77) and the support means (1, 42, 115; 301, 308) in a direction that is suitable for being oriented substantially vertically,
       the device being characterized in that the support means (1, 42, 115 ; 301, 308) include a wall plate (1 ; 301) common to the guide means and to the controlled thrust means (108), and common connection means (42 ; 342) for connecting the guide means (64) and the controlled thrust means (108) with the wall plate (1 ; 301), ensuring identical orientation therefor.
  2. A device according to claim 1, characterized in that the connection means (42) include means (17, 48, 39, 41, 61) for adjusting said identical orientation.
  3. A device according to claim 2, characterized in that the connection means (42) include a holding tray (43) for holding the guide means (64) and the controlled thrust means (108) in an identical orientation, and hinge means (17, 48) for hinging the holding tray (43) relative to the wall plate (1) about an axis (19) suitable for being disposed substantially horizontally and substantially parallel to said surface (112).
  4. A device according to claim 3, characterized in that the connection means (42) further include temporary immobilization means (39, 41, 61) for immobilizing the holding tray (42) relative to the wall plate (1) within a determined range of relative angular positions about said axis (19).
  5. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the support means (1, 42, 115) include an intermediate jig (115) for fixing the wall plate (1) to said surface (112), and suitable itself for being fixed to said surface (112) and for removably receiving the wall plate (1) in a determined relative position.
  6. A device according to claim 5, characterized in that the jig (115) is suitable for being fixed to said surface (112) in at least one location that is offset from the wall plate (1) occupying said determined relative position.
  7. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the controlled thrust means (108) are selected from a group comprising hydraulic jacks and electromechanical jacks, associated with remote control means (111) in common with other lifting devices (63) in order to synchronize a set of lifting devices (63).
  8. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the controlled thrust means (108) are removable independently of the guide means (64).
  9. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that it includes means (35) independent of the thrust means (108) for temporarily immobilizing the cursor (76, 77) at at least one lift position that is determined relative to the common connection means (42).
  10. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the guide means (64) include at least one guide rod (64) disposed along said direction and guided in translation therealong relative to the common connection means (42), and in that the cursor (76, 77) is rigidly secured to said at least one guide rod (64).
  11. A device according to claim 10 in combination with claim 9, characterized in that the means for temporarily immobilizing the cursor (76, 77) include means (35) for temporarily immobilizing the at least one guide rod (64), against translation in said direction relative to the common connection means (42).
  12. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the guide means (64) include at least one guide rod (64) disposed along said direction and immobilized against translation therealong relative to the common guide means (42), and in that the cursor (76, 77) is mounted to move in translation along said direction on said at least one guide rod (64).
  13. A device according to claim 12 in combination with claim 9, characterized in that the means for temporarily immobilizing the cursor (76, 77) include means (35) for temporarily immobilizing the cursor (76, 77) against translation along said direction relative to the at least one guide rod (64).
  14. A device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that the guide rod (64) is secured to a link box (67) at the end thereof, relative to the cursor (76, 77), that is remote from the common connection means (42), and at a distance from the common connection means (42) which is compatible with a predetermined maximum lifting stroke for the roof (65), the link box (67) providing links with ties (74, 75) for connection to the link box (67) of at least one other lifting device (63).
  15. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 14, characterized in that the cursor (76, 77) includes mechanical link means (85, 94, 99, 136, 148, 155) for linking with the cursor (76, 77) of at least one other lifting device.
  16. A device according to claim 15, characterized in that the cursor (76, 77) carries at least one cantilevered-out arm (87) perpendicular to said orientation and suitable for being placed in line with the arm (87) of the cursor (76, 77) of another lifting device (63) in an alignment that is substantially horizontal and substantially parallel to said surface (112), and rigidly connected to said other arm (87) by a rectilinear beam (94) disposed along said substantially horizontal alignment.
  17. A device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that the cursor (76, 77) carries a link device (99, 139, 148, 155) for linking with a truss (136), in particular an adjustable truss, suitable for being placed beneath the framework (65) over a gable wall or a structural inside wall, and for being connected via a similar link device, to the cursor (76, 77) of at least one other lifting device (63).
  18. A device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that the cursor (76, 77) includes level adjustment means (89, 90, 91, 92) for adjusting the level of said at least one arm (87) and/or of said link device (99, 139, 148, 155) in said direction.
  19. A device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that the cursor (76, 77) includes orientation adjusting means (89, 90, 91, 92) for adjusting the orientation of said at least one arm (87) and/or of said link device (99, 139) about an axis (84) oriented along said direction.
  20. A device according to any one of claims 1 to 19, characterized in that the cursor (77) includes means (99, 106, 107) for adapting the shape of said element to the framework (65).
  21. A device according to claim 1, characterized in that said lifting device further includes adjustment means (325) for adjusting verticality along said identical orientation and adjustment means (335) for adjusting, said means (325, 335) for adjusting verticality and level connecting the support means (301, 308) to the common connection means (342).
  22. A device according to claim 21, characterized in that the support means (301, 308) include an intermediate support plate (308) mounted to slide along a substantially vertical direction in a slideway (305) secured to the wall plate (301), said intermediate plate having means (321; 314) for fixing to the adjustment means for adjusting verticality (325) and for adjusting level (335).
  23. A device according to claim 22, characterized in that the intermediate support plate (308) is suspended by a threaded rod (309) from a cross-member (307) of the wall plate (301) so as to enable the height of said intermediate support plate (308) to be adjusted, and the wall plate (301) has at its top a bracket (302) to enable said wall plate to be supported directly on a wall tie beam (3).
  24. A device according to claim 22, characterized in that the fixing means (321, 314) are organized to allow the adjustment means (325; 335) to pivot about an axis suitable for being disposed horizontally and parallel to the surface (112) of the wall (3).
  25. A device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, characterized in that the common connection means include a holding tray (342) on which the guide means (64) and the controlled thrust means (108) are supported.
  26. A device according to claim 25, characterized in that the holding tray (342) has the adjustment means for adjusting verticality (325) and for adjusting level (335) passing therethrough, and has associated through oblong openings (337; 343) allowing the angular displacements that correspond to said adjustments of verticality and of level.
  27. A device according to any one of claims 21 to 26, characterized in that the adjustment means for adjusting verticality (325) and for adjusting level (335) comprise respective threaded shafts (328; 338) on which respective adjustment bushes (329; 339) are screwed.
  28. A device according to claims 24 and 27, characterized in that the threaded shaft (328) of the verticality adjustment means (325) is secured to a cylindrical head (327) received in a hollow bar (321) forming the associated fixing means of the intermediate support plate (308).
  29. A device according to claims 24 and 27, characterized in that the threaded shaft (338) of the level adjustment means (335) is secured to a hinge head (337) connected in hinged manner to the intermediate support plate (308) by a hinge pin (318) passing through brackets (315) forming the associated fixing means of said intermediate support plate (308).
  30. A device according to claim 26 or 27, characterized in that each adjustment bush (329; 339) has an end head (332; 341) passing through one of the oblong openings (333; 343) and forming a drive member for performing the corresponding adjustments.
EP96938287A 1995-11-23 1996-11-08 Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon Expired - Lifetime EP0862675B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR9513971A FR2741647B1 (en) 1995-11-23 1995-11-23 DEVICE FOR LIFTING A FRAMEWORK AND, IF APPLICABLE, A CONSTRUCTION PART BASED ON THIS FRAMEWORK
FR9513971 1995-11-23
FR9610404 1996-08-23
FR9610404A FR2752594B1 (en) 1996-08-23 1996-08-23 DEVICE FOR LIFTING A FRAMEWORK AND, IF APPLICABLE, A CONSTRUCTION PART BASED ON THIS FRAMEWORK
PCT/FR1996/001770 WO1997019238A1 (en) 1995-11-23 1996-11-08 Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP0862675A1 EP0862675A1 (en) 1998-09-09
EP0862675B1 true EP0862675B1 (en) 1999-07-28

Family

ID=26232346

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP96938287A Expired - Lifetime EP0862675B1 (en) 1995-11-23 1996-11-08 Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US5867950A (en)
EP (1) EP0862675B1 (en)
JP (1) JP3602541B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE182650T1 (en)
AU (1) AU697078B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2238255C (en)
DE (1) DE69603503T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2135936T3 (en)
IL (1) IL124446A (en)
MX (1) MX9804028A (en)
WO (1) WO1997019238A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3255628B2 (en) * 1999-09-24 2002-02-12 株式会社 松本工務店 Rebuilding equipment for joining long members
US6467231B1 (en) * 2000-01-27 2002-10-22 Herman Carlinsky Protective building structure system
US7343713B2 (en) * 2003-03-07 2008-03-18 Morton Buildings Hinged support column
US7603734B2 (en) * 2006-05-31 2009-10-20 Dew Engineering And Development Ulc System and method for detecting rack fault condition of passenger boarding bridge lift columns
US20090013614A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Kim Rogers Retractable rigid roof system
CA2619786C (en) * 2008-02-01 2012-07-31 Eric Harrisson Prefabricated building structure with collapsible roof sections
US8413385B2 (en) * 2009-03-10 2013-04-09 Glenn E. Mahoney Server shield
US20110214615A1 (en) * 2010-03-05 2011-09-08 Martin Shan Animal confinement housing configured for improved forced air ventilation
US20120056140A1 (en) * 2010-09-08 2012-03-08 O'gwynn Lavonne Concrete sidewalk slab lifter
CN109736370B (en) * 2019-01-24 2020-09-15 温州弘大市政园林建设有限公司 Anti-tilting equipment for building
CN112982504B (en) * 2021-02-05 2021-10-08 水利部交通运输部国家能源局南京水利科学研究院 Electroosmosis rectification silt sea area inclined barrel type wind power foundation device and test method
FR3127775B1 (en) * 2021-10-01 2023-12-08 Patrick Claisse ROOF ELEVATION SYSTEM
CN114960787B (en) * 2022-05-31 2023-07-25 南京海骏绿建科技有限公司 Construction device and method for leveling factory foundation

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3921362A (en) * 1974-03-18 1975-11-25 Pablo Cortina Ortega Method of and means for multi-story building construction
FR2540543B1 (en) * 1983-02-03 1988-04-29 Lotti Jacques METHOD AND DEVICE FOR LIFTING ROOFS FOR MASONRY RISING
US4980999A (en) * 1988-07-27 1991-01-01 Terenzoni Robert S System for raising a roof
DE4238484C2 (en) * 1992-11-14 1995-01-12 Klaus Bau Gmbh Method and device for increasing the height of a roof truss from the top floor of a building
FR2720430A1 (en) * 1994-05-31 1995-12-01 Claisse Patrick Jean Georges Method of hydraulically raising roof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP0862675A1 (en) 1998-09-09
IL124446A (en) 2000-08-31
CA2238255A1 (en) 1997-05-29
JP3602541B2 (en) 2004-12-15
ATE182650T1 (en) 1999-08-15
IL124446A0 (en) 1998-12-06
AU7576796A (en) 1997-06-11
WO1997019238A1 (en) 1997-05-29
ES2135936T3 (en) 1999-11-01
MX9804028A (en) 1998-09-30
CA2238255C (en) 2001-10-16
DE69603503D1 (en) 1999-09-02
DE69603503T2 (en) 2000-02-24
AU697078B2 (en) 1998-09-24
JP2000500542A (en) 2000-01-18
US5867950A (en) 1999-02-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0862675B1 (en) Device for lifting a framework and any construction supported thereon
EP1766157B1 (en) Platform support device for lifting loads or persons the height of a structure
EP2435293B1 (en) Structure for transporting, installing and dismantling a rig deck and method for trasnporting, installing and dismantling said deck
FR2903739A1 (en) Rotor and nacelle disassembling device for windmill, has blocking units with plates equipped with holes that are aligned one to another when support come across top of mast, where units, holes and rods allows assembly in top of mast
EP2450501A1 (en) Device for moving a slab and/or balcony formwork platform
FR2470221A1 (en) DEVICE FOR LIFTING SLIDING STRUCTURES ALONG STEEL BARS, FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES OR THE LIKE
EP3466863B1 (en) Lifting boom crane with boom locking device in raised configuration
FR2624173A1 (en) Climbing platform-scaffolding forming an independent unit
FR2487410A1 (en) Climbing shutter for casting concrete wall - has single jack to raise brackets retaining shutter sections on shoes detachably fixed to wall
FR3142498A1 (en) Scaffold tower and scaffolding and use of tower and scaffolding
FR2741647A1 (en) Framework lifting system
EP0360702A1 (en) Collapsible crane with a jib comprising two or three elements articulating upon one another
EP0612899B1 (en) Scaffolding-platform and method for erecting scaffolds with such platform
FR2589506A1 (en) Device for fixing a bracket for circulation or formwork on a vertical wall of a concrete structure
FR2567181A1 (en) Platform for carrying out works at a distance from the ground, in a structure having a network of vertical columns
FR2941444A1 (en) TOWER CRANE ARROW WITH FOLDING DEVICE
FR2752594A1 (en) Framework lifting system, e.g. for roof beams
FR2685723A1 (en) Stabilising device for formwork panels
FR2955135A1 (en) Post e.g. vertical central post, for light shelter, has joint that is arranged such that joint is removable, where lower end of post is articulated around transversal axis on mounting ring using joint
FR2956424A1 (en) Cantilever working platform for manufacturing construction equipment, has frame supported and fixed against load-bearing wall or on slab by floor, and anchoring device integrated to floor
EP2609265B1 (en) Automated dismountable tilting mast including elements that can be assembled without tools
FR2675137A1 (en) Articulated lifting platform
FR2683245A1 (en) Removable corbelled (jutting-out) platform, particularly for walking on or formwork in concrete constructions
FR2934291A1 (en) TILE FORMWORK DEVICE AND VERTICAL MAT FOR RAISING SLAB FORMWORK
EP1354827A1 (en) Shelter for a waste recovery container

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 19980515

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAH Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 19981221

GRAH Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: THE PATENT HAS BEEN ANNULLED BY A DECISION OF A NATIONAL AUTHORITY

Effective date: 19990728

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 19990728

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 19990728

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 19990728

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 182650

Country of ref document: AT

Date of ref document: 19990815

Kind code of ref document: T

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 69603503

Country of ref document: DE

Date of ref document: 19990902

GBT Gb: translation of ep patent filed (gb section 77(6)(a)/1977)

Effective date: 19990820

ITF It: translation for a ep patent filed

Owner name: BARZANO' E ZANARDO MILANO S.P.A.

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: NV

Representative=s name: BOVARD AG PATENTANWAELTE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: FRENCH

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 19991028

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 19991028

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FG2A

Ref document number: 2135936

Country of ref document: ES

Kind code of ref document: T3

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

26N No opposition filed
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: IF02

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20051108

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Payment date: 20051109

Year of fee payment: 10

Ref country code: MC

Payment date: 20051109

Year of fee payment: 10

Ref country code: ES

Payment date: 20051109

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Payment date: 20051110

Year of fee payment: 10

Ref country code: IE

Payment date: 20051110

Year of fee payment: 10

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061108

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061130

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Payment date: 20061207

Year of fee payment: 11

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20061208

Year of fee payment: 11

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20070601

NLV4 Nl: lapsed or anulled due to non-payment of the annual fee

Effective date: 20070601

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: MM4A

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FD2A

Effective date: 20061110

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20071205

Year of fee payment: 12

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061110

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20071210

Year of fee payment: 12

BERE Be: lapsed

Owner name: *CLAISSE PATRICK

Effective date: 20071130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061108

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20071130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20080603

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20081108

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20081130

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20081130

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20081108

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20121231

Year of fee payment: 17

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: ST

Effective date: 20140731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20131202